Discrete and continuous system,System Environment,Exogenous and Endogenous System, Deterministic and Stochastic System,Types of Models,Principles used in modelling, Definition of Simulation and Application areas,Monte-Carlo technique of Simulation.
![Narsingh Narsingh](/uploads/1/2/6/3/126375130/261276455.jpg)
Discrete Event System Simulation
![System System](/uploads/1/2/6/3/126375130/381818915.jpg)
Narsingh Deo System Simulation Pdf To Jpg Converter
GYAN VIHAR SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING and TECHNOLOGY
Department of Electronics and Conmmunication Engineering Cluster C
Curriculum for Academic session 2012-2013 for following Programs 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
B.Tech Electronics and Communication Engineering B.Tech E&C + M.Tech VLSI Engineering DD B.Tech E&C + M.Tech DWCE Engineering DD M.Tech VLSI Engineering M.Tech Digital and Wireless Communication Engineering
Following changes has been made for academic session 2012-13. 1. Open electives are added in semester V and VI of B.Tech E&C. 2. DECA is added in DD and PG Programs. Each semester has two credits for DECA. 3. Humanities and Social Sciences are added in III to VII sem. of UG and I to III sem.of PG programs.
Total Credits for all programs of E&C Department are as Follows: S.No Programs 1 B.Tech Electronics and Communication Engg. 2 3 4 5
B.Tech EandC + M.Tech VLSI Engineering DD B.Tech EandC + M.Tech DWCE Engineering DD M.Tech VLSI Engineering M.Tech Digital and Wireless Communication Engineering
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Remarks III sem. to VIII sem. III sem. to X sem. III sem. to X sem. I sem. to IV sem. I sem. to IV sem.
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
1
GYAN VIHAR SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING and TECHNOLOGY
Department of Electronics and Conmmunication Engineering Cluster C HIGH LIGHTS OF THE SYLLABI A. COURSE NUMBER CODING SCHEME Coding for all the papers has been done so as to make syllabi more systematic and easy to locate. 1. A course is identified by a course code designated by a string of five alphanumeric characters and a course title. 2. In a course code, first two letters of the string indicate the Department/School offering the course and the later three numerals designate a particular course number. The letters symbolizing various Academic Department offering a course are: DE CY EN HS MA PY CA CE CP EC EE IT ME BM HM PH SC
Discipline and Extracurricular Activities Chemistry Engilish Humanities and Social Sciences Mathematics Physics Computer Application Civil Engineering Computer Engineering Electronics and Communication Engineering Electrical Engineering Information Technology Mechanical Engineering Business Management Hotel Management Pharmacy Sciences
3. Course number a. First Numerical digit denotes the level of the course that corresponds to the Year of Study. b. Next two Numerical digits denote the number of the course, which will usually be odd for courses offered in the Odd Semester and even for courses offered in the Even Semester. c. Lower levels corresponds the UG courses, while higher level the PG courses. Suggested levels will be as follows All UG Programmes Level 1 to 4
All PG programmes Level 5 to 7
PG Diploma Level 8, 9
EXAMPLES: UG Programmes
PG programmes
For e.g. EC 203 EC denotes Electronics and Communication 2 denoted second Year 03 represent Course
For e.g. EC 503 EC denotes Electronics Engineering 5 denoted First Year of Pg Programme 03 represent Course
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
2
B. CREDIT SYSTEM Each academic year consists of two semesters and a summer term. The education system is organized around a credit system, which ensures continuous evaluation of the student's performance and provides at an optimum pace suited to one's ability or of credits depending upon the class contact hours. A minimum number of credits are to be completed in order to qualify for the award of degree. A minimum level of performance is necessary for satisfactory progress. SGVU has revised its curriculum with effect from the academic session 20092010. The revised curriculum emphasizes on self-learning, project activity and laboratory work. It leaves sufficient time for the student to take part in other activities like sport and recreation as well as to think and to be creative and innovative. Each course, except for a few special courses, has a certain number of credits assigned to it depending on its lecture, tutorial and laboratory work contact hours in a week. Each course is coordinated by a member of the faculty called the course coordinator. He/she has the full responsibility for coordinating the course, faculty involved in the course, holding tests and awarding grades. In case of any difficulty, students are expected to approach the course coordinator for advice and clarification. A letter grade with a specified number of grade points is awarded in each course for which a student is registered. A student 's performance is measured by the number of credits that he/she has earned and by the weighted grade point average maintained by him/her. A minimum grade point average is necessary in order to qualify for the degree. Each semester having 25 credits. So 8 semester have total 200 credits ,in which 170 credits are minimum core credits and Minimum elective credits are 30 for four year degree progarm. For PG program total credits are 60. Minimum elective credits are 9 for two year degree program.
C. COURSE OUTLOOK: The course of B.Tech. in Electronics and Communication Engineering is of 4 years. These 4 years are divided in 8 semesters, each of 6 months. After every semester an examination is conducted so that the teachers as well as students get to know their strengths and weakness and work on their weak points to have an overall development.Elective courses has been subdivided into professional electives and open electives. professional electives are generally departmental electives while open electioves are non-departnmntal electives. ELIGIBILITY Eligibility for Admission 10+2 with 70 % and AIEEE/RPET scoreCredit system based syllabi OBJECTIVES OF THE SYLLABI
To advance, evolve and enhance Electronics fundamentals To build the interest in students for greater research To guide students in the development of newer languages To create the ability in students for better hardware production Choice based credit system
SIGNIFICANCE and CARRER OPTIONS OF B.TECH. ECE Electronics and Communication Engineering is one of the fastest growing branches of studies which are being carried out all over India. It is one of the most developing and in demand trades of engineering. B.Tech in Electronics and Communication Engineering includes study of various aspects of Electronics and Communication to meet the requirements of the various industries. The course contains study of the basic Electronics and its application, as well as the detailed study of the various aspects of its working. Today Computers have not only assumed strategic importance in the corporate world, they are also being effectively used in almost every field of human endeavor, ranging from space exploration to food processing and banking to communication etc. B.Tech (Electronics and Communication Engineering), a study of the theoretical foundations of information and computation, offers a foundation which permits the students to adapt new technologies and ideas. This branch of engineering has many sub-fields for e.g. Electronics , Communication, Information theory and coding, TV Engineering Radar, Digital Communication,Satellite Communication,Digital signal Processing and much more. After doing B.Tech (Electronics and Communication Engineering) from the SGVU, an individual can find a good job in the renowned Electronics and Communication company. He can work in various areas such as:Career Options in B.Tech (Electronics and Communication Engineering): Electronic Scientist DRDO ISRO BEL BSNL HAL GAIL SAIL BHEL Railway Telecommunication Networking Engineer Software Developer RSEB as a JEN Consumer Electronics Company Syllabus ECE2012-13
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
3
GYAN VIHAR SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING and TECHNOLOGY DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS and COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING LIST OF COURSES OFFERED
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
4
GYAN VIHAR SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING and TECHNOLOGY DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS and COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING LIST OF COURSES OFFERED
Course Code
EC 201 EC 202 EC 203 EC 204 EC 205 EC 206 EC 207 EC 208 EC209 EC210 EC211 EC212 EC 251 EC 252 EC 253 EC 254 EC 255 EC 301 EC 302 EC 303 EC 304 EC 305 EC 306 EC 307 EC 308 EC309 EC310 EC 351 EC 352 EC 353 EC354 EC 355 EC 356 EC357 EC 401 EC 402 EC 403 EC 404 EC 405 EC406 EC 407 EC409 EC411 EC413 EC415 EC 451 EC 452 EC 453 EC454 EC 501 EC 502 EC 503 EC 504 EC 505 EC 506 EC 507 EC 508
Course Name
Electronic Devices and Circuits Analog Electronics Circuit Analysis and Synthesis Digital Hardware Design Electronic Measurements and Instrumentation Electromagnetic Field Theory Electronic Materials and Processes Telecommunication Engineering Biomedical Instrumentation Telemetry System Audio Video System Random Variables and Stochastic Process Electronics Workshop Advanced Electronics Lab Electronic Devices and Circuits Lab Digital Hardware Design Lab Electronic Measurement and Instrumentation Lab Signals and Systems Microwave Engineering-II Microwave Engineering-I Advanced Microprocessor Linear Integrated Circuits Digital Communication Analog Communication Control Systems Microprocessor Industrial Electronics Microwave Engineering Lab Advanced Communication Lab Electronic Engineering Design Lab Signal Processing Lab-I Microprocessor Lab Industrial Electronics Lab Communication Lab Antenna and Wave Propagation Optical Communication Wireless Communication Radar and TV. Engg Microcontroller and Embedded Systems VHDL VLSI Design Digital Signal Processing IC Technology Biomedical Signal Processing Image Processing and Pattern Recoganization Signal Processing Lab-II Optical Fiber Lab Microcontroller Lab Wireless Communication Lab MOS VLSI Computer-Aided VLSI Design VLSI Technology Analog ICs System Level Design and Modeling of Digital System Advanced Digital Signal Processing Advanced Computer Communication Synthesis of Digital System
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Credits
4 4 4 3 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 1 1 1 1 1 4 4 4 3 3 4 4 4 3 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 4 4 4 4 4 3 4 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
L 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 0 0 0 0 0 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 0 0 0 0 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Contact Hrs/Wk. T/S 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Exam Hrs. P 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Weightage (in%) CE ESE 30 70 30 70 30 70 30 70 30 70 30 70 30 70 30 70 30 70 30 70 30 70 30 70 30 70 60 40 60 40 60 40 60 40 30 70 30 70 30 70 30 70 30 70 30 70 30 70 30 70 30 70 30 70 60 40 60 40 60 40 60 40 60 40 60 40 60 40 30 70 30 70 30 70 30 70 30 70 30 70 30 70 30 70 30 70 30 70 30 70 60 40 60 40 60 40 60 40 30 70 30 70 30 70 30 70 30 70 30 70 30 70 30 70
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
5
EC 509 EC 510 EC 511 EC 512 EC 513 EC 514 EC 515 EC 516 EC 517 EC 518 EC 519 EC 520 EC 522 EC 551 EC 552 EC 553 EC 601 EC 603 EC 605 EC 607 EC 609 EC 611 EC 613 EC 615 EC 653 EC 655
Testing and Fault Tolerance Issues in Deep Sub-micron CMOS IC Design Memory design and testing Advanced IC Technology Wireless Digital Communication System Antenna Theory and Technique Mobile and Cellular Communication Information Theory, Coding and Communication Theory Mobile Computing Telecommunication Switching and Networks Design of MICs and MMICs Microelectronic Devices and Circuits Microstrip Antennas For Wireless Systems Digital System Design Lab Modeling and Simulation Lab Communication System Lab Embedded System Design Reconfigurable Computing Micro-electronics Combinatorial Optimization Satellite Communication Wireless Sensor Networks Advanced Optical Communication Systems Micro-Electro-Mechanical-Systems VLSI Design Lab CAD of RF and Microwave Circuits Lab DISIPLINE
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1
DE 201 DE 202 DE 301 DE 302 DE 401 DE 402 DE 501 DE 502 DE 601 DE 602
Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities – III Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities – IV Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities – V Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities – VI Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities – VII Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities – VIII Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities – I Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities – II Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities – III Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities – IV MATHEMATICS Integral Transforms and Complex Analysis Numerical Analysis and Statistics Computer Oriented Mathematical Methods PROJECT B.Tech Project (stage-1) B.Tech Project (stage-2) Dissertation / Thesis M. Tech. Dissertation / Thesis SEMINAR B.Tech Seminar Seminar TRAINING SEMINAR Summer Training Seminar COMPUTER ENGINEERING Data Structure and Algorithms Object Oriented Programming Data Structure and Algorithm Lab Advanced Computer Programming Lab Computer System Architecture Advanced Data Structure Information Protection and security Parallel Computation and Architecture Artificial Intelligence and Expert Systems Computer Network Networking Lab BUSINESS MANAGEMENT Industrial Economics and Management.
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
MA201 MA202 MA301 PE302 PE401 DI 602 SM 402 EC 651 PT401 CP 201 CP216 CP 251 CP 260 CP302 CP315 CP 318 CP 322 CP 419 CP 430 CP 457 BM 248
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 0 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2
30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 60 60 60 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 60 60
70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 40 40 40 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 40 40
100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
4 4 3
3 3 3
1 1 0
0 0 0
3 3 3
30 30 30
70 70 70
2 2
0 0
0 0
2 2
-
60 60
40 40
16
0
0
16
60
40
2 5
0 0
0 0
2 9
-
60 60
40 40
2
0
0
2
-
60
40
3 3 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 1
3 3 0 0 3 3 3 3 3 3 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 2
3 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 2
30 3060 60 303030 30 30 30 60
70 70 40 40 70 70 70 70 70 70 40
1
-
-
2
2
60
40
3 3 3
3 3 3
0 0 0
0 0 0
3 3 3
30 30 30
70 70 70
Humanities and Social Sciences HS 201 HS 202 HS 301
Communication Skills Cognative Skills Verbal and Non Verbal Reasoning
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
6
HS302 HS401 HS501 HS502 HS503
Technical writing Technical Aptitude Soft Skills Training-I Soft Skills Training-II Soft Skills Training-III
Syllabus ECE2012-13
3 3 3 3 3
3 3 3 3 3
0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0
3 3 3 3 3
30 30 30 30 30
70 70 70 70 70
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
7
GYAN VIHAR SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING and TECHNOLOGY DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS and COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING Teaching and Examination Scheme for B.Tech. (Electronics and Communication Engineering 4 Year Course)
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
8
GYAN VIHAR SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING and TECHNOLOGY DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS and COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING Teaching and Examination Scheme for B.Tech. (Electronics and Communication Engineering 4 Year Course) EFFECTIVE FROM ACADEMIC SESSION 2012-13 Year: II S. Course No. Code
Credits
Contact Hrs/Wk. L T/S P
Exam Hrs.
Semester: III Weightage (in%) CE ESE
Data Structure and Algorithms Electronic Devices and Circuits Circuit Analysis and Synthesis Electronic Measurements and Instrumentation Integral Transforms and Complex Analysis Departmental Elective I Electronic Materials and Processes Bio Medical Instrumentation Audio Video System Communication Skills B. Practicals / Sessionals Data Structure and Algorithm Lab Electronics Workshop Electronic Devices and Circuits Lab Electronic Measurement and Instrumentation Lab C. Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities – III Total Total Teaching Load
3 4 4 3
3 3 3 3
0 1 1 0
0 0 0 0
3 3 3 3
30 30 30 30
70 70 70 70
4 3
3 3
1 0
0 0
3 3
30 30
70 70
1 1 1 1
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2
60 60 60 60
40 40 40 40
27
18 29
Course Name
Credit s
Contact Hrs/Wk. L T/S P
Exam Hrs.
Semester: IV Weightage (in%) CE ESE
4 4 3 4 3 4 -
3 3 3 3 3 3 -
1 1 0 1 0 1 -
0 0 0 0 0 0 -
3 3 3 3 3 3 -
30 30 30 30 30 30 -
70 70 70 70 70 70 -
1 1 1 1
-
-
2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2
60 60 60 60
40 40 40 40
Course Name A. Theory
1 2 3 4
CP 201 EC 201 EC 203 EC 205
5 6
MA 201 EC 207 EC209 EC211 HS201
7 8 9 10
CP 251 EC 251 EC 253 EC 255
11
DE 201
Year: II S. Course No. Code 1 2 3 4 5 6
MA 202 EC 202 EC 204 EC 206 CP 216 EC208 EC210 EC212 HS202
7 8 9 10
CP 260 EC 252 EC 254 BM 248
11
DE 202
A. Theory Numerical Analysis and Statistics Analog Electronics Digital Hardware Design Electromagnetic Field Theory Object Oriented Programming Departmental Elective II Telecommunication Engineering Telemetry System Random Variables and Stochastic Processes Cognative Skills B. Practicals / Sessionals Advanced Computer Programming Lab Advanced Electronics Lab Digital Hardware Design Lab Industrial Economics and Management. C. Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities – IV Total Total Teaching Load
Syllabus ECE2012-13
2
100 3
8
2 28
100 18 30
4
8
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
9
GYAN VIHAR SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING and TECHNOLOGY DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS and COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING Teaching and Examination Scheme for B.Tech. (Electronics and Communication Engineering 4 Year Course) EFFECTIVE FROM ACADEMIC SESSION 2013-14 Year: III S. Course No. Code 1 2 3 4 5 6
EC 301 EC 303 EC 305 EC 307 EC309 CP302 CP 315 MA 301 HS301
7 8 9 10
EC 351 EC 353 EC 355 EC357
11
DE 301
Year: III S. Course No. Code 1 2 3 4 5 6
EC302 EC 304 EC 306 EC 308 EC 310 CP 318 CP 322 CP 419 HS302
7 8 9 10
EC 352 EC 354 EC356 PE 302
11
DE 302
Course Name A. Theory Signals and Systems Microwave Engineering-I Linear Integrated Circuits Analog Communication Microprocessor Open Elective I Computer System Architecture Advanced Data Structures Computer Oriented Mathematical Methods Verbal and Non Verbal Reasoning B. Practicals / Sessionals Microwave Engineering Lab. Electronic Engineering Design Lab Microprocessor Lab Communication Lab C. Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities – V Total Total Teaching Load
Course Name A. Theory Microwave Engineering-II Advanced Microprocessor Digital Communication Control Systems Industrial Electronics Open Elective II Information Protection and Security Parallel Computation and Architecture Artificial Intelligence and Expert Systems Technical Writing B. Practicals / Sessionals Advanced Communication Lab Signal Processing Lab-I Industrial Electronics Lab B. Tech Project (Stage – 1) C. Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities – VI Total Total Teaching Load
Credits
Contact Hrs/Wk. L T/S P
Exam Hrs.
Semester: V Weightage (in%) CE ESE
4 4 3 4 3 3 -
3 3 3 3 3 3 -
1 1 0 1 0 0 -
0 0 0 0 0 0 -
3 3 3 3 3 3 -
30 30 30 30 30 30 -
70 70 70 70 70 70 -
1 1 1 1
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
2 2 2 2
2 2 2 -
60 60 60 60
40 40 40 40
2
100
27
18 29
3
8
Credits
Contact Hrs/Wk. L T/S P
Exam Hrs.
Semester: VI Weightage (in%) CE ESE
4 3 4 4 4 3 -
3 3 3 3 3 3 -
1 0 1 1 1 0 -
0 0 0 0 0 0 -
3 3 3 3 3 3 -
30 30 30 30 30 30 -
70 70 70 70 70 70 -
1 1 1 2
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
2 2 2 2
2 2 2 -
60 60 60 60
40 40 40 40
2 29
100 18 30
4
8
Note:- Industrial training for 30 days after 6th Semester Exams is compulsory.
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
10
GYAN VIHAR SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING and TECHNOLOGY DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS and COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING Teaching and Examination Scheme for B.Tech. (Electronics and Communication Engineering 4 Year Course) EFFECTIVE FROM ACADEMIC SESSION 2014-15 Year: IV S. No.
Course Code
1 2 3
EC 401 EC 403 EC405
4 5 6
EC407 EC409 EC411 EC413 EC415 HS401
7 8 9 10
EC 451 EC 453 PE 401 PT 401
11
DE 401
Semester: VII Course Name A. Theory Antenna and Wave Propagation Wireless Communication Microcontroller and Embedded Systems VLSI Design Digital Signal Processing Departmental Elective III IC Technology Biomedical Signal Processing Image Processing and Pattern Recoganization Technical Aptitude B. Practicals / Sessionals Signal Processing Lab-II Microcontroller Lab B. Tech Project (Stage – 2) Summer Training Seminar C. Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities – VII Total Total Teaching Load
Credits
Contact Hrs/Wk. L T/S P
Exam Hrs.
Weightage (in%) CE ESE
4 4 4
3 3 3
1 1 1
0 0 0
3 3 3
30 30 30
70 70 70
3 4 3 -
3 3 3 -
0 1 0 -
0 0 0 -
3 3 3 -
30 30 30 -
70 70 70 -
1 1 2 2
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
2 2 2 2
2 2 -
60 60 60 60
40 40 40 40
2 30
100 18 30
4
8
Year: IV S. No.
Course Code
1 2 3 4
EC 402 EC 404 CP430 EC406
5 6 7 8
EC 452 EC 454 CP 457 SM 402
11
DE 402
Semester: VIII Course Name A. Theory Optical Communication Radar and TV Engineering Computer Network VHDL B. Practicals / Sessionals Optical Fiber Lab Wireless Communication Lab Networking Lab B. Tech Seminar C. Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities – VIII Total Total Teaching Load
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Credits
Contact Hrs/Wk. L T/S P
Exam Hrs.
Weightage (in%) CE ESE
4 4 3 4
3 3 3 3
1 1 0 1
0 0 0 0
3 3 3 3
30 30 30 30
70 70 70 70
1 1 1 2
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
2 2 2 2
2 2 2 -
60 60 60 60
40 40 40 40
2 22
100 12 23
3
8
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
11
GYAN VIHAR SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING and TECHNOLOGY DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS and COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING TEACHING and EXAMINATION SCHEME and DETAILED SYLLABUS FOR M. Tech Full-Time (Core) (VLSI ENGINEERING) (2 Year Course) EFFECTIVE FROM ACADEMIC SESSION 2012-13
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
12
GYAN VIHAR SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING and TECHNOLOGY DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS and COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING Teaching and Examination Scheme for M. Tech. FULL-TIME (Core) (VLSI ENGG) EFFECTIVE FROM ACADEMIC SESSION 2012-13 Semester – I
Year I S. No.
Course Code
1 2 3
EC 501 EC 503 EC 505
4 EC 507 EC 509 EC 511 HS501 5
EC 551
6
DE 501
Course Name A. Theory Papers MOS VLSI VLSI Technology System Level Design and Modeling of Digital System Elective I (any one of the following) Advanced Computer Communication Testing and Fault Tolerance Memory design and testing Soft Skills Training -I B. Practical and Sessional: Digital System Design Lab C. Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities – I Total Total Teaching Load
Credits
Contact Hrs/Wk. L T/S P
Exam Hrs.
Weightage (in%) CE ESE
3 3 3
3 3 3
0 0 0
0 0 0
3 3 3
30 30 30
70 70 70
3
3
0
0
3
30
70
1
0
0
2
2
60
40
2 15
100 12 14
0
2 Semester – II
Year I S. No.
Course Code
1 2 3 4
EC 502 EC 504 EC 506 EC 508 EC 510 EC 512 HS502
5
EC 552
6
DE 502
Course Name A. Theory Papers Computer-Aided VLSI Design Analog ICs Advanced Digital Signal Processing Elective II (any one of the following) Synthesis of Digital System Issues in Deep Sub-micron CMOS IC Design Advanced IC Technology Soft Skills Training - II B. Practical and Sessional: Modeling and Simulation Lab C. Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities – II Total Total Teaching Load
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Credits
Contact Hrs/Wk. L T/S P
Exam Hrs.
Weightage (in%) CE ESE
3 3 3 3
3 3 3 3
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
3 3 3 3
30 30 30 30
70 70 70 70
1
0
0
2
2
60
40
2 15
100 12 14
0
2
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
13
GYAN VIHAR SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING and TECHNOLOGY DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS and COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING Teaching and Examination Scheme for M. Tech. FULL-TIME (Core) (VLSI Engineering) EFFECTIVE FROM ACADEMIC SESSION 2013-14 Semester – III
Year II S. No.
Course Code
1 2 3
EC 601 EC 605
EC 603 EC 607 EC 615 HS601 4 5
EC 651 EC 653
6
DE 601
Course Name A. Theory Papers Embedded System Design Microelectronics Elective III (any one of the following) Reconfigurable Computing Combinatorial Optimization Micro-Electro-Mechanical-Systems Soft Skills Training-III B :Practical and Sessional: Seminar VLSI Design Lab C. Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities – III Total Total Teaching Load
Credits
Contact Hrs/Wk. L T/S P
Exam Hrs.
Weightage (in%) CE ESE
3 3 3
3 3 3
0 0 0
0 0 0
3 3 3
30 30 30
70 70 70
5 1
0 0
0 0
9 2
3 2
60 60
40 40
2 17
100 9 20
0
11
Semester – IV
Year II S. No.
Course Code
1
DI 602
2
DE 602
Course Name B. Practical and Sessional: M. Tech. Dissertation / Thesis C. Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities –IV Total Total Teaching Load
Credits
Contact Hrs/Wk. L T/S P
16
0
0
-
2 18
Exam Hrs.
Weightage (in%) CE ESE 60
40
100 0 -
0
-
*Students has required 32 hours work per week for dissertation
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
14
GYAN VIHAR SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING and TECHNOLOGY DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS and COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING TEACHING and EXAMINATION SCHEM and DETAILED SYLLABUS FOR M. Tech Full-Time (Core) (Digital and Wuireless Communication Engineering) (2 Year Course) EFFECTIVE FROM ACADEMIC SESSION 2012-13
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
15
GYAN VIHAR SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING and TECHNOLOGY DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS and COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING Teaching and Examination Scheme for M. Tech. FULL-TIME (Core) (Digital and Wuireless Communication Engineering) EFFECTIVE FROM ACADEMIC SESSION 2012-13 Semester – I
Year I S. No.
Course Code
1
EC505
2
EC 513
3 4
EC 515 EC 517 EC 519 EC 507 HS501
5
EC 553
6
DE 501
Course Name A. Theory Papers System Level Design and Modeling of Digital System Wireless Digital Communication System Mobile and Cellular Communication Elective I (any one of the following) Mobile Computing Design of MICs and MMICs Advanced Computer Communication Soft Skills Training-I B. Practical and Sessional: Communication System Lab C. Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities - I Total Total Teaching Load
Credits
Contact Hrs/Wk. L T/S P
Exam Hrs.
Weightage (in%) CE ESE
3
3
0
0
3
30
70
3
3
0
0
3
30
70
3 3
3 3
0 0
0 0
3 3
30 30
70 70
1
0
0
2
2
60
40
2 15
100 12 14
0
2
Semester – II
Year I S. No.
Course Code
1 2
EC 514 EC 516
3 4
EC 506 EC 518 EC 520 EC 522 HS502
5
EC 552
6
DE 502
Course Name A. Theory Papers Antenna Theory and Technique Information Theory, Coding and Communication Theory Advanced Digital Signal Processing Elective II (any one of the following) Telecommunication Switching and Networks Microelectronic Devices and Circuits Microstrip Antennas For Wireless Systems Soft Skills Training-II B. Practical and Sessional: Modeling and Simulation Lab C. Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities - II Total Total Teaching Load
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Credits
Contact Hrs/Wk. L T/S P
Exam Hrs.
Weightage (in%) CE ESE
3 3
3 3
0 0
0 0
3 3
30 30
70 70
3 3
3 3
0 0
0 0
3 3
30 30
70 70
1
0
0
2
2
60
40
2 15
100 12 14
0
2
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
16
GYAN VIHAR SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING and TECHNOLOGY DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS and COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING Teaching and Examination Scheme for M. Tech. FULL-TIME (Core) (Digital and Wuireless Communication Engineering) EFFECTIVE FROM ACADEMIC SESSION 2013-14 Semester – III
Year II S. No.
Course Code
1 2
EC 609 EC 613
3 EC 611 EC 615 HS601 4 5
EC 651 EC 655
6
DE 601
Course Name A. Theory Papers Satellite Communication Advanced Optical Communication Systems Elective III (any one of the following) Wireless Sensor Networks Micro-Electro-Mechanical-Systems Soft Skill Training-III B. Practical and Sessional: Seminar CAD of RF and Microwave Circuits C. Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities - III Total Total Teaching Load
Credits
Contact Hrs/Wk. L T/S P
Exam Hrs.
Weightage (in%) CE ESE
3 3
3 3
0 0
0 0
3 3
30 30
70 70
3
3
0
0
3
30
70
5 1
0 0
0 0
9 2
2
60 60
40 40
2 17
100 9 20
11
Semester – IV
Year II S. No.
Course Code
1
DI 602
2
DE 602
Course Name A. Practical and Sessional: M. Tech. Dissertation / Thesis C. Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities - IV Total Total Teaching Load
Credits
Contact Hrs/Wk. L T/S P
16
0
0
-
2 18
Exam Hrs.
Weightage (in%) CE ESE 60
40
100 0 -
0
-
*Students has required 32 hours work per week for dissertation
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
17
GYAN VIHAR SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING and TECHNOLOGY DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS and COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING TEACHING and EXAMINATION SCHEME and DETAILED SYLLABUS FOR Dual Degree (B. Tech Electronics and Communication Engineering + M. Tech. VLSI Engg) (5 Year Course) EFFECTIVE FROM ACADEMIC SESSION 2014-15
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
18
GYAN VIHAR SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING and TECHNOLOGY DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS and COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING Teaching and Examination Scheme for Dual Degree (B. Tech Electronics and Communication Engineering + M. Tech. VLSI Engineering) (5 Year Course) EFFECTIVE FROM ACADEMIC SESSION 2014-15 Year: IV S. Course No. Code 1 2 3
EC 401 EC 403 EC405
4 5 6
EC407 EC409 EC411 EC413 EC415
7
HS401 EC505
8 9 10 11
EC 451 EC 453 PE 401 PT 401
12
DE 401
Course Name A. Theory Antenna and Wave Propagation Wireless Communication Microcontroller and Embedded Systems VLSI Design Digital Signal Processing Departmental Elective III IC Technology Biomedical Signal Processing Image processing and Pattern Recoganization Technical Aptitude System Level Design and Modeling of Digital system B. Practicals / Sessionals Signal Processing Lab-II Microcontroller Lab B. Tech Project(Stage – 2) Summer Training Seminar C. Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities – VII Total Total Teaching Load
Contact Hrs/Wk. L T/S P
4 4 4
3 3 3
1 1 1
0 0 0
3 3 3
30 30 30
70 70 70
3 4 3 -
3 3 3 -
0 1 0 -
0 0 0 -
3 3 3 -
30 30 30 -
70 70 70 -
3
3
0
0
3
30
70
1 1 2 2
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
2 2 2 2
2 2 -
60 60 60 60
40 40 40 40
2 33
100 21 33
4
Year: IV S. No.
Course Code
1 2 3 4 5
EC 402 EC 404 CP430 EC406 EC506
8 9 10 11
EC 452 EC 454 CP 457 SM 402
12
DE 402
Semester: VII Exam Weightage (in%) Hrs. CE ESE
Credits
8
Semester: VIII Course Name A. Theory Optical Communication Radar and TV Engineering Computer Network VHDL Advanced Digital Signal Processing B. Practicals / Sessionals Optical Fiber Lab Wireless Communication Lab Networking Lab B. Tech Seminar C. Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities - VIII Total Total Teaching Load
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Credits
Contact Hrs/Wk. L T/S P
Exam Hrs.
Weightage (in%) CE ESE
4 4 3 4 3
3 3 3 3 3
1 1 0 1 0
0 0 0 0 0
3 3 3 3 3
30 30 30 30 30
70 70 70 70 70
1 1 1 2
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
2 2 2 2
2 2 2 -
60 60 60 60
40 40 40 40
2 25
100 15 26
3
8
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
19
GYAN VIHAR SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING Teaching and Examination Scheme for Dual Degree (B. Tech Electronics and Communication Engineering + M. Tech. VLSI and Engg.) (5 Year Course)
Year: IV S. Course No. Code 1 2
EC502 EC 508 EC 510 EC 512 HS 502
3
EC 552 DE 501
Course Name A. Theory Computer Aided VLSI Design Elective II (any one of the following) Synthesis of Digital System Issues in Deep Sub-micron CMOS IC Design Advanced IC Technology Soft Skills Training -II B. Practical & Sessional: VLSI Design Lab Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities - I Total Total Teaching Load
Credits
Summer Semester: VIII B Contact Hrs/Wk. Exam Weightage (in%) Hrs. L T/S P CE ESE
3 3
3 3
-
-
3 3
30 30
70 70
1 2
-
-
2
3
60
40
9
6 9
0
3
NOTE * Since Summer Semester VIII B is of shorter duration each summer course shall be double the teaching hours/week i.e. the above courses shall be of 6 hours/week Year: V Semester: IX S. No.
Course Code
1 2 3
EC 503 EC 501
4 5
6 7
8 9
EC 507 EC 509 EC 511 HS 501 EC 601
EC 603 EC 607 EC 615 HS 601 EC 504 EC 605
EC 551 EC 554 DE 502
Year: V S. Course No. Code
Course Name A. Theory Papers VLSI Technology MOS VLSI Elective I (any one of the following) Advanced Computer Communication Testing and Fault Tolerance Memory design and testing Soft Skills Trainnig -II Embedded System Design Elective III (any one of the following) Reconfigurable Computing Combinatorial Optimization Micro Electro Mechanical Systems Soft Skills Trainnig -III Analog ICs Micro-electronics Practical & Sessional: B. Practical & Sessional: Digital System Design Lab Modeling and Simulation Lab Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities - II Total Total Teaching Load Course Name
B. Practical & Sessional: M TechSeminar –III M. Tech. Dissertation / Thesis Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities - III Total Total Teaching Load *Students has required 32 hours work per week for dissertation 1 2
EC 651 DI 602 DE 601
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Credits
Contact Hrs/Wk. L T/S P
Exam Hrs.
Weightage (in%) CE ESE
3 3 3
3 3 3
-
-
3 3 3
30 30 30
70 70 70
3 3
3 3
-
-
3 3
30 30
70 70
3
3
-
-
3
30
70
1 1 2
-
-
2 2
2 3
60 60
40 40
24
18 27
0
9
Semester: X Contact Hrs/Wk. Exam Hrs. L T/S P
Weightage (in%) CE ESE
6 16 2
0
0
4 -
60 60
24
0 4
0
4
Credits
3
40 40
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
20
GYAN VIHAR SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING and TECHNOLOGY DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS and COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING TEACHING and EXAMINATION SCHEM and DETAILED SYLLABUS FOR Dual Degree (B. Tech Electronics and Communication Engineering + M. Tech. Digital and Wuireless Communication Engineering) (5 Year Course) EFFECTIVE FROM ACADEMIC SESSION 2014-15
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
21
GYAN VIHAR SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING and TECHNOLOGY DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS and COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING Teaching and Examination Scheme for Dual Degree (B. Tech Electronics and Communication Engineering + M. Tech. Digital and Wuireless Communication Engineering) (5 Year Course) EFFECTIVE FROM ACADEMIC SESSION 2014-15 Year: IV S. Course No. Code 1 2 3
EC 401 EC 403 EC405
4 5 6
EC407 EC409 EC411 EC413 EC415
7
HS 401 EC505
8 9 10 11
EC 451 EC 453 PE 401 PT 401
12
DE 401
Course Name A. Theory Antenna and Wave Propagation Wireless Communication Microcontroller and Embedded Systems VLSI Design Digital Signal Processing Departmental Elective III IC Technology Biomedical Signal Processing Image processing and Pateern Recognization Technical Aptitude System Level Design and Modeling of Digital System B. Practicals / Sessionals Signal Processing Lab-II Microcontroller Lab B. Tech Project(Stage – 2) Summer Training Seminar C. Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities - VII Total Total Teaching Load
Contact Hrs/Wk. L T/S P
4 4 4
3 3 3
1 1 1
0 0 0
3 3 3
30 30 30
70 70 70
3 4 3 -
3 3 3 -
0 1 0 -
0 0 0 -
3 3 3 -
30 30 30 -
70 70 70 -
3
3
0
0
3
30
70
1 1 2 2
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
2 2 2 2
2 2 -
60 60 60 60
40 40 40 40
2 33
100 21 33
4
Year: IV S. No.
Course Code
1 2 3 4 5
EC 402 EC 404 CP430 EC406 EC506
8 9 10 11
EC 452 EC 454 CP 457 SM 402
12
DE 402
Semester: VII Exam Weightage (in%) Hrs. CE ESE
Credits
8
Semester: VIII Course Name A. Theory Optical Communication Radar and TV Engineering Computer Network VHDL Advanced Digital Signal Processing B. Practicals / Sessionals Optical Fiber Lab Wireless Communication Lab Networking Lab B. Tech Seminar C. Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities - VIII Total Total Teaching Load
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Credits
Contact Hrs/Wk. L T/S P
Exam Hrs.
Weightage (in%) CE ESE
4 4 3 4 3
3 3 3 3 3
1 1 0 1 0
0 0 0 0 0
3 3 3 3 3
30 30 30 30 30
70 70 70 70 70
1 1 1 2
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
2 2 2 2
2 2 2 -
60 60 60 60
40 40 40 40
2 25
100 15 26
3
8
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
22
GYAN VIHAR SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING Teaching and Examination Scheme for Dual Degree (B. Tech Electronics and Communication Engineering + M. Tech. Digital and Wuireless Communication Engineering) (5 Year Course) 2015-16 Year: IV S. Course No. Code 1
EC 516
2 EC 520 EC 522 EC 524 HS502 3
EC 552
4
DE 501
Course Name A. Theory Information Theory, Coding and Communication Theory Elective II (any one of the following) Telecommunication Switching & Networks Microelectronic Devices & Circuits Microstrip Antennas For Wireless Systems Soft Skills Tarining -I B. Practical & Sessional: Modeling & Simulation Lab C. Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities – I Total Total Teaching Load
Credits
Summer Semester: VIII B Contact Hrs/Wk. Exam Weightage (in%) Hrs. L T/S P CE ESE
3
3
-
-
3
30
70
3
3
-
-
3
30
70
1
-
-
2
3
60
40
6 8
0
2
2 9
NOTE * Since Summer Semester VIII B is of shorter duration each summer course shall be double the teaching hours/week i.e. the above courses shall be of 6 hours/week Year: V S. No.
Course Code
1 2 3
EC 515 EC 514
4 5
EC 617 EC 519 EC 507 HS501 EC 609 EC 613
6
EC513
7 EC 611 EC 615 HS 601 7 8
EC 553 EC 655
9
DE 502
Semester: IX Course Name A. Theory Papers Mobile & Cellular Communication Antenna Theory and Technique Elective I (any one of the following) Mobile Computing Design of MICs & MMICs Advanced Computer Communication Soft Skills Training-II Satellite Communication Advanced Optical Communication Systems Wireless Digital Communication System Elective III (any one of the following) Wireless Sensor Networks Micro-Electro-Mechanical-Systems Soft Skills Training -III B. Practical & Sessional: Communication System Lab CAD of RF and Microwave Circuits C. Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities – II Total Total Teaching Load
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Credits
Contact Hrs/Wk. L T/S P
Exam Hrs.
Weightage (in%) CE ESE
3 3 3
3 3 3
-
-
3 3 3
30 30 30
70 70 70
3 3
3 3
-
-
3 3
30 30
70 70
3
3
-
-
3
30
70
3
3
-
-
3
30
70
1 1
-
-
2 2
3 3
60 60
40 40
18 22
0
4
2 25
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
23
Year: V S. Course No. Code 1 2
EC 651 DI 602
3
DE 601
Course Name B. Practical & Sessional: Seminar M. Tech. Dissertation / Thesis C. Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities – III Total Total Teaching Load
Credits
Semester: X Contact Hrs/Wk. Exam Hrs. L T/S P
Weightage (in%) CE ESE
6 16
0
0
4 -
60 60
0 4
0
4
3
40 40
2 24
*Students has required 32 hours work per week for dissertation
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
24
EC 201
ELECTRONIC DEVICES AND CIRCIUTS C(L,T,P) =4(3,1,0)
Unit
Course Contents
1
SEMICONDUCTOR PHYSICS: Mobility and conductivity, charge densities in a semiconductor, Fermi Dirac distribution, carrier concentrations and fermi levels in semiconductor, Generation and recombination of charges, diffusion and continuity equation, Mass action Law, Hall effect. Junction diodes, Diode as a ckt. element, load line concept, clipping and clamping circuits, Voltage multipliers. Construction, characteristics and working principles of UJT Transistor characteristics, Current components, Current gains: alpha and beta. Operating point. Hybrid model, h-parameter equivalent circuits. CE, CB and CC configuration. DC and AC analysis of CE,CC and CB amplifiers. Ebers-Moll model. Biasing and stabilization techniques. Thermal runaway, Thermal stability. JFET, MOSFET, Equivalent circuits and biasing of JFET's and MOSFET’s. Low frequency CS and CD JFET amplifiers. FET as a voltage variable resistor. SMALL SIGNAL AMPLIFIERS AT LOW FREQUENCY: Analysis of BJT and FET, DC and RC coupled amplifiers. Frequency response, midband gain, gains at low and high frequency. Analysis of DC and differential amplifiers, Miller's Theorem. Cascading Transistor amplifiers, Darlington pair. Emitter follower, source follower. Total
II III
IV V
Total Contact Hrs. 7
7 7
7 7
35
Reference Books J Millman and C.C. Halkias - Integrated Electornics; Tata Mc-Graw Hill. Pearson Education. Rebert Boylestad and L. Nashelsky - Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory. Sedra Smith-Micro Electronic Circuits. Oxford Press, India. Floyd-Electronic Devices, Pearson Education. . EC 202 Unit
ANALOG ELECTRONICS
C (L,T,P) =4(3,1,0)
Course Contents
1
FEEDBACK AMPLIFIERS: Classification, Feedback concept, Transfer gain with feedback, General characteristics of negative feedback amplifiers. Analysis of voltage-series, voltage-shunt, current- series and current-shunt feedback amplifier. Stability criterion. II OSCILLATORS: Classification. Criterion for oscillation. Tuned collector, Hartley, Colpitts, RC Phase shift, Wien bridge and crystal oscillators, Astable, monostable and bistable multivibrators. Schmitt trigger. Blocking oscillators. III HIGH FREQUENCY AMPLIFIERS: Hybrid Pi model, conductances and capacitances of hybrid Pi model, high frequency analysis of CE amplifier, gain-bandwidth product. Emitter follower at high frequencies. IV TUNED AMPLIFIER - Band Pass Amplifier, Parallel resonant Circuits, Band Width of Parallel resonant circuit. Analysis of Single Tuned Amplifier, Primary and Secondary Tuned Aplifier with BJT and FET. Double Tuned Transformer Coupled Amplifier. Stagger Tuned Amplifier. Pulse Resp onse of such Amplifier. Shunt Peaked Circuits for Increased Bandwidth. V POWER AMPLIFIERS: Power amplifier circuits, Class A output stage, class B output stage and class AB output stages, class C amplifiers, pushpull amplifiers with and without transformers. Complementary symmetry and quasi complimentary symmetry amplifiers Total Reference Books: J.Millman and C.C. Halkias-Integrated Electronics; Tata Mc-Graw Hill Robert Boylestand and L. Nashelsky - Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory; Pearson Equaction Sedra Smith - Microelectronic Circuits, Oxford Press, India.
EC 203
CIRCUIT ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS Course Contents
1
NETWORK THEOREMS and ELEMENTS: Thevenin’s, Norton’s, Reciprocity, Superposition, Compensation, Miller’s, Tellegen’s and maximum power transfer theorems. Networks with dependent sources. Inductively coupled circuits – mutual inductance, coefficient of coupling and mutual inductance between portions of same circuits and between parallel branches. Transformer equivalent, inductively and conductively coupled circuits. TRANSIENTS ANALYSIS: Impulse, step, ramp and sinusoidal response Analysis of first order and second order circuits. Time domain and transform domain (frequency, Laplace) analysis. Initial and final value theorems. Complex periodic waves and their analysis by Fourier analysis. Different kind of symmetry. Power in a circuit. NETWORK FUNCTIONS: Terminals and terminal pairs, driving point impedance transfer functions, poles and zeros. Procedure of finding network functions for general two terminal pair networks. Stability and causality.
III
Syllabus ECE2012-13
7
7 7
7
35
C(L,T,P) =4(3,1,0)
Unit
II
Total Contact Hrs. 7
Total Contact Hrs. 8
7
6
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
25
Hurwitz polynomial, positive real function. TWO PORT NETWORKS: Two port parameters and their interrelations – z-parameters, yparameters, hparameters, ABCD parameters. Equivalence of two ports, transformer equivalent, interconnection of two port networks. Image parameters. Attenuation and phase shift in symmetrical T and ð networks. NETWORK SYNTHESIS: RL and RC networks synthesis, Foster First and Second form, Cauer forms
IV
V
7
7
Total
35
Reference Books: Kuo, Franklin F - Netwrok analysis and sysnthesis, II Ed, 1999, Jhon Wiley and sons. Desoer, C. and Duh, E.S-E.s. Basic circuit theory, Mc Graw Hill. Van Valkenburg, M.E. - Network Analysi, Prentice Hall, India. Schaum's Outling series on circuit analysis. Hayt; W, and Kinmmerly - Engineering circuit analysis, Mc Graw Hill, Inc. Sudhakar, A and Chyam Mohan S.P. - Circuits and Networks, Tata Mc Graw Hill. India. EC 204
DIGITAL HARDWARE DESIGN
C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)
Unit
Course Contents
1
NUMBER SYSTEMS, BASIC LOGIC GATES and BOOLEAN ALGEBRA: Binary Arithmetic and Radix representation of different numbers. Sign and magnitude representation, Fixed point representation, complement notation, various codes and arithmetic in different codes and their inter conversion. Features of logic algebra, postulates of Boolean algebra. Theorems of Boolean algebra. Boolean function. Derived logic gates: ExclusiveOR, Nand, NOR gates, their block diagrams and truth tables. Logic diagrams from Boolean expressions and vica-versa. Converting logic diagrams to universal logic. Positive, negative and mixed logic. Logic gate conversion. DIGITAL LOGIC GATE CHARACTERISTICS: TTL logic gate characteristics. Theory and operation of TTL Nand gate circuitry. Open collector TTL. Three state output logic. TTL subfamilies. MOS and CMOS logic families. Realization of logic gates in RTL, DTL, ECL, C-MOS and MOSFET. Interfacing logic families to one another. MINIMIZATION TECHNIQUES: Minterm, Maxterm, Karnaugh Map, K map upto 4 variables.Simplification of logic functions with K-map, conversion of truth tables in POS and SOP form. Incomplete specified functions. Variable mapping. Quinn-Mc Klusky minimization techniques. COMBINATIONAL SYSTEMS: Combinational logic circuit design, half and full adder, subtractor. Binary serial and parallel adders. BCD adder. Binary multiplier. Decoder: Binary to Gray decoder, BCD to decimal, BCD to 7-segment decoder. Multiplexer, demultiplexer, encoder. Octal to binary, BCD to excess-3 encoder. Diode switching matrix. Design of logic circuits by multiplexers, encoders, decoders and demultiplexers. SEQUENTIAL SYSTEMS: Latches, flip-flops, R-S, D, J-K, Master Slave flip flops. Conversions of flip-flops. Counters: Asynchronous (ripple), synchronous and synchronous decade counter, Modulus counter, skipping state counter, counter design. Ring counter. Counter applications. Registers: buffer register, shift register. Total
II
III
IV
V
Total Contact Hrs. 7
7
7
7
7
35
Reference Books: A.P. Malvino and D.P. Leach-Digital Principles and Applications, Tat aMc-graw Hill, Delhi. Morris Mano-Digital Circuit and Logic Design; Prentice Hll of India. EC 205
ELECTRONIC MEASUREMENTS AND INSTRUMENTATION
C (L, T, P) =3(3 ,0,0)
Unit
Course Contents
1
THEORY OF ERRORS: Accuracy and precision, Repeatability, Limits of errors, Systematic and random errors Modeling of errors, Probable error and standard deviation, Gaussian error analysis, Combination of errors. ELECTRONIC INSTRUMENTS FOR MEASURING BASIC PARAMETERS: Electronic Voltmeter, Electronic Multimeters, Digital Voltmeter, Component Measuring Instruments, Q meter, Vector Impedance meter, RF Power and Voltage Measurements. Measurement of frequency. Introduction to shielding and grounding. OSCILLOSCOPES: CRT Construction, Basic CRO circuits, CRO Probes, Oscilloscope Techniques of Measurement of frequency, Phase Angle and Time Delay, Multibeam, multi trace, storage and sampling Oscilloscopes. Curve tracers. SIGNAL GENERATION: - Sine wave generators, Frequency synthesized signal generators, Sweep frequency generators. Signal Analysis - Measurement Technique, Wave Analyzers, Frequency - selective wave analyser, Heterodyne wave analyser, Harmonic distortion analyser, Spectrum analyser. TRANSDUCERS - Classification, Selection Criteria, Characteristics, Construction, Working Principles, Application of following Transducers- RTD, Thermocouples, Thermistors, LVDT, RVDT, Strain Gauges, Bourdon Tubes, Bellows. Diaphragms, Seismic Accelerometers, Tachogenerators, Load Cell, Piezoelectric Transducers, Ultrasonic Flow Meters Total
II
III
IV
V
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Total Contact Hrs. 7
7
7
7
7
35
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
26
Reference Books: H.S. Kalsi - 'Electronic Inst. and Measurement, Tata Me. Hill. W.D. Cooper - 'Electronic Inst. and Measurement Techniques, Prentice Hall of India. A.K. Sawhney - 'Electrical and Electronic Measurement and Inst., Dhanpat Raj and Sons. F.E. Terman and J.M. Pettit - 'Electronic Measurements McGraw Hill Book Co. S. Talbar and Upadhyay-Electronic Instrumentation, Dhanpat Rai Sons. EC 206
ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELD THEORY
C(L,T,P) =4(3,1,0)
Course Contents
Total Contact Hrs. 7
Unit INTRODUCTION: Vector Relation in rectangular, cylindrical, spherical and general curvilinear coordinates system. Concept and physical interpretation of gradient, Divergence and curl, Green’s and Stoke’s theorems. ELECTROSTATICS: Electric field intensity and flux density. Electric field due to various charge configurations. The potential functions and displacement vector. Gauss’s law. Poisson’s and Laplace’s equation and their solution. Uniqueness theorem. Continuity equation. Capacitance and electrostatics energy. Field determination by method of images. Boundary conditions. Field mapping and concept of field cells. MAGNETOSTATICS: Magnetic field intensity, flux density and magnetization, Faraday’s Law, Bio-Savart’s law, Ampere’s law, Magnetic scalar and vector potential, self and mutual inductance, Energy stored in magnetic field, Boundary conditions, Analogy between electric and magnetic field, Field maping and concept of field cells. TIME VARYING FIELDS: Displacement currents and equation of continuity. Maxwell’s equations, Uniform plane wave in free space, dielectrics and conductors, skin effect sinusoidal time variations, reflection and refraction of Uniform Plane Wave, standing wave ratio. Pointing vector and power considerations. RADIATION, EMI and EMC: Retarded Potentials and concepts of radiation, Radiation from a small current element. Radiation resistance: Introduction to Electromagnetic Interference and Electromagnetic compatibility, EMI coupling modes, Methods of eliminating interference, shielding, grounding, conducted EMI, EMI testing: emission testing, susceptibility testing. Total
1
II
III
IV
V
7
7
7
7
35
Reference Books: Griffiths-Introduction to Electrodnamics. (2/e Prentice Hall of India. V.V. Sarwate-Electromagnetic Fields and Waves, Willey Eastern Ltd. J.D. Kraus-Electromagnetics, Mcgraw Hill. E.C. Jordan and K.G. Balmain-Electromagnetic Waves and Radiating Systems, PHI. W.H. Hayt Jr. Engineering Electromagnetics, Tata Mcgraw Hill. EC 207
ELECTRONIC MATERIALS AND PROCESSES
C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)
Unit
Course Contents
1
DIELECTRIC MATERIALS: Polarisation phenomenon, spontaneous polarisation, dielectric constant and loss, piezo and ferro electricity. MAGNETIC MATERIALS: Dia, para, ferro-ferrimagnetism; soft and hard magnetic materials and their applications. SEMI CONDUCTOR MATERIALS: Crystal growth, zone refining, Degenerate and nondegenerate semiconductors, Direct and indirect band gap semiconductors. Electronic properties of silicon, Germanium, Compound Semiconductor, Gallium Arsenide, gallium phosphide and Silicon carbide. CONDUCTIVE and SUPERCONDUCTIVE MATERIALS: Electrical properties of conductive and resistive materials. Important characteristics and electronic applications of specific conductor and resistance materials. Superconductor phenomenon, Type I and Type II superconductors and their applications. PASSIVE COMPONENETS and PCB FABRICATION: Brief study of fabrication methods of fixed and variable type of resistors; capacitors, Inductors, solenoid and toroid, air core, iron core and Ferro core conductors. Printed Circuit Boards – Types, Manufacturing of copper clad laminates, PCB Manufacturing process, Manufacturing of single and double sided PCBs. Surface mount devices – advantages and limitations Total
II III
IV
V
Total Contact Hrs. 7 7 7
7
7
35
Reference Books: S.O. Kasap-Principle of electric Engineering materials and devices, Mc Graw Hill. B.D. Indu-Electrical Engineering Materials, Jain Brothers. S.P. Seth and P.V. Gupta-A course of Electrical Engineering Materials, Dhanpat Rai and Sons. C.S. Indulkar and S. Thiruvengadam An Introduction to Electrical Engineering Materials, S.Chand and Co. N. Grover and K.S. Jamwal-Electronic compenets and Materials, Dbanpat Rai and Co. Mattx for electronic engineer Tones
EC 208 Syllabus ECE2012-13
TELECOMMUNICATION ENGINEERING
C(L,T,P) =4(3,1,0) Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
27
Unit
Course Contents
1
TRANSMISSION LINE: Types of transmission lines, general transmission line equation, line constant, equivalent circuits, infinite line, and reflection on a line, SWR of line with different type of terminations. Distortion less and dissipation less lines, Coaxial cables, Transmission lines at audio and radio frequencies, Losses in transmission line,. Characteristics of quarter wave, half wave and lines of other lengths, TRANSMISSION LINE APPLICATIONS: Smith chart and its application. Transmission line applications, Impedance matching Network. Single and double Stub matching. Measurement of parameters of transmission line, measurement of attenuation, insertion loss, reflection coefficient and standing wave ratio. ATTENUATORS and FILTERS: Elements of telephone transmission networks, symmetrical and Asymmetrical two port networks. Different Attenuators, ð-section and T-section attenuators, stub matching, Transmission equalizers Filters, constant K-section, Ladder type, ð-section, T-section filter, mderived filter sections, Lattics filter section. TELEPHONE TRANSMISSION: Telephone set, Touch tone dial types, two wire/ four wire transmission, Echo suppressors and cancellors, cross talk. Multi-channel systems: Frequency division and time division multiplexing. AUTOMATIC TELEPHONY and TELEGRAPHY: Trunking concepts, Grade of service, Traffic definitions, Introduction to switching networks, classification of switching systems. Principle of Electronic Exchange, EPABX and SPC Digital telephone Exchange,Numberig Plan, Fascimile services.
II
III
IV
V
Total
Total Contact Hrs. 7
7
7
7
7
35
Reference Books: W. Fraser-Telecommunications (BPB Publication) I. Vishvanathan- Telecommunication switching systems and Networks. Prentice Hall of India. Cole- Introduction to Telecommunication. Pearson Educatino EC 209 BIOMEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION
C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)
Unit
Course Contents
1
HUMAN BODY SUBSYSTEMS: Brief description of neural, muscular, cardiovascular and respiratory systems; their electrical, mechanical and chemical activities. TRANSDUCERS and ELECTRODES: Principles and classification of transducers for Bio-medical applications, Electrode theory, different types of electrodes, Selection criteria for transducers and electrodes. BIOPOTENTIALS: Electrical activity of excitable cells, ENG, EMG, ECG, ERG, EEG. Neuron potential. CARDIOVASCULAR SYSTEM MEASUREMENTS: Measurement of blood pressure, blood flow, cardiac output, cardiac rate, heart sounds, Electrocardiograph, phonocardiograph, Plethysmograph, Echocardiograph. INSTRUMENTATION FOR CLINICAL LABORATORY: Measurement of pH valve of blood, ESR measurement, hemoglobin measurement, O2 and CO2 concentration in blood, GSR measurement. Instrumentation for clinical laboratory: Spectrophotometry, chromatography, Hematology, Measurement of pH value, concentration in blood. MEDICAL IMAGING: Diagnostic X-rays, CAT, MRI, thermography, Ultrasonography, medical use of isotopes, endoscopy. PATIENT CARE, MONITORING and SAFETY MEASURES: Elements of Intensive care monitoring basic hospital systems and components, physiological effect of electric current shock hazards from electrical equipment, safety measures, Standards and practices. COMPUTER APPLICATIONS and BIOTELEMETRY: Real time computer applications, data acquisition and processing, remote data recording and management. THERAPEUTIC and PROSTHETIC DEVICES: Introduction to cardiac pacemakers, defibrillators, ventilators, muscle stimulators, diathermy, heart lung machine, Hemodialysis, Applications of Laser. Total
II
III
IV
V
Total Contact Hrs. 7
7
7
7
7 35
Reference Books: Webster, J.G.-Medical Instrumentation, Application and Design, John Wiley and sons. Jacobson, B.Webster, J.G.-Medical and clinical Engineering, Prentice Hall of India. Cromwell-Blomedical Instrumentation and Measurment, Prentice Hallof India. R.S. Khandpur-Handbook of Biomedical Instrumentation, Tata Mc-Graw Hill. Carr-Introduction to Biomedical Equipment Technology, Pearson Education
EC 210 TELEMETRY SYSTEM Unit
Course Contents
Syllabus ECE2012-13
C(L,T,P) =4(3,1,0) Total Contact Hrs. Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
28
1
Introduction to Telemetry Principles: Basic System, Classification, Non electrical telemetry systems, Voltage and current Telemetry systems, Frequency Telemetering, Power line carrier Communication.
7
II
Multiplexed System: Frequency Division Multiplex System-FDM, IRIG Standards, FM circuits, Phase Modulation Circuits, Receiving end, Phase Locked Local Loop, Mixers. Time Division Multiplexed System – TDM/PAM system, PAM/PM systems, TDM- PCM System, Digital Multiplexer, PCM Reception, Coding for varying level, DPCM, Standards.
7
III
Modems: Modems Introduction, QAM, modem protocol. 1/6 4
7
IV
Transmitter and Receiver: Transmitters, Transmission Techniques, Inter stage Coupling, Receiver Antennas: The Ideal structure, dipoles, arrays, current distribution and design consideration, Microwave Antennas4
7
V
Filters: Polynomial, Filters, Active RC Filters, Universal Filter Circuits, Switched Capacitor Filters, Digital Filters Basics of Satellite and Fiber Optic Telemetry Data Acquisition Systems (DAS), μP based DAS, Remote Control
7
35
Total Reference Books: D Patranabis, Telemetry Principle; TMH Ed 1 1999. EC211 AUDIO VIDEO SYSTEMS
C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)
Unit
Course Contents
1
AUDIO SYSTEMS: Importnat types of microphones and speakers, Monophonic, sterephionic and quadraphonic audio systems. DISC and MAGNETIC RECORDING and REPRODUCTION: Monophonic and stereophonic disc recording and reproducing systems, Magnetic recording and playback Biasing and equalisation, Recording medium, Magnetic heads-replay and erase heads, Audio cassettes, Tape speed, Maximum usable frequency, Tape transport mechanism, Distortion and noise aspects, HI-FI stero system. VIDEO CASSETTE RECORDERS: Video recording requirements Video tape formats. Modulation-up conversion and down conversion of video signal, Servo systems, Functional Block diagram of VCR, Vodep doc recprdomg and playback. COMPACT DISC RECORDING and REPRODUCTION: Compact disc advantages, Specifications, CD player optical reuirements, CD technology and manufactruing, CDRO, CD video VIDEO CAMERAS: Image conversion principle, Plumbicon, Sidicon camera tubes, Three tube colour camera, Block diagram of colour camera tube. Total
II
III
IV V
Total Contact Hrs. 7 7
7
7 7 35
Reference Books: 1. 2. 3. EC212
S.P. Bail and R. Bali-Audio Video systems, Khanna Book Publishing Co. Delhi. Ajay Sharma-Audio and Video Systems, Dhanpat Rai and Co. R.G. Gupta-Audio and Video Systems TMH. RANDOM VARIABLES and STOCHASTIC PROCESSES C(L,T,P) =4(3,1,0)
Unit
Course Contents
1
PROBABILITY: Definitions, sample, space and events, joint and conditional probability, dependent events.
II
RANDOM VARIABLES: Introduction, distribution and density functions, discrete and continuous random variables, special distributions: binominal, Poisson, uniform, exponential, normal, rayleigh.conditional distribution and density functions.
7
III
MULTIPLE RANDOM VARIABLES Vector random variable, joint distribution functions, joint probability density function, conditional distribution and density functions. Statistical independence, distribution and density function of sum of random variable, one function of one random variable, one function of two random variable, two function of two random variable.
7
IV
OPERATION ON SINGLE and MULTIPLE RANDOM VARIABLES: Mean and variance, moments, chebyshev’s inequality, Central limit theorem, characteristic functions and moment generating function, covariance and correlation coefficient of multiple Random variable.
7
V
STOCHASTIC PROCESSES: Introduction, random process concept, stationary and independence, ergodicity, correlation, functions. Gaussian Random Process, Transmission of Random process through linear systems. Power spectral Density, Cross Spectral density,
7
Total
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Total Contact Hrs. 7
35
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
29
Reference Books: 1Cllasical Electrodynamics, Jackson, Wiley 2Probability, Statistics and Random Processes, Veerarajan, 3Probability, Random Variables and Stochastic Processes, Papoulis, TMH 4Probability, Random Variables and Random Signal Principles, Peebles, TMH 5Probability and Random Processes With Application To Signal Processing, Stark, TMH 6Probability and Random Processes For Electrical Engineering, Leongarcia, Pearson 7Probability and Measure, Billingsley, Pearson 8An Introduction To Probability Theory and Its App., Feller, Wiley 9Probability and Statistics In Engineering, Hines, Wiley
EC 251 S. No. 1.
2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13.
ELECTRONICS WORKSHOP
List of Experiments Identification, Study and Testing of various electronic components: (a) Resistances-Various types, Colour coding (b) CapacitorsVarious types, Coding, (c) Inductors (d) Diodes (e) Transistors (f) SCRs (g) ICs (h) Photo diode (i) Photo transistor (j) LED (k) LDR (l) Potentiometers Study of symbols for various Electrical and Electronic Components, Devices, Circuit functions etc. To study and perform experiment on CRO demonstration kit. Soldering and de-soldering practice. (a) To Design and fabricate a PCB for a Regulated power supply. (b) Assemble the Regulated power supply using PCB and test it. To study and plot the characteristics of following Opto-Electronic devices – (a) LED (b) LDR (C) Photovoltaic cell (d) Opto-coupler (e) Photo diode (f) Photo transistor (g) Solar cell To study the specifications and working of a Transistor radio kit and perform measurements on it. To study the specifications and working of a Tape Recorder kit. To prepare design layout of PCBs using software tools. To fabricate PCB and testing of electronics circuit on PCB. To design and test regulated power supply using ICs To study the specifications and working of a VCD Player. To study the specifications and working of color TV.
EC 252 S. No. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11.
ADVANCED ELECTRONICS LAB
2. 3. 4.
C(L,T,P) =1(0,0,2)
List of Experiments Plot gain-frequency characteristics of BJT amplifier with and without negative feedback in the emitter circuit and determine bandwidths, gain bandwidth products and gains at 1kHz with and without negative feedback. Study of series and shunt voltage regulators and measurement of line and load regulation and ripple factor. Plot and study the characteristics of small signal amplifier using FET. Study of push pull amplifier. Measure variation of output power and distortion with load. Study Wein bridge oscillator and observe the effect of variation in R and C on oscillator frequency Study transistor phase shift oscillator and observe the effect of variation in R and C on oscillator frequency and compare with theoretical value. Study the following oscillators and observe the effect of variation of C on oscillator frequency: (a) Hartley (b) Colpitts Design Fabrication and Testing of k-derived filters (LP/HP). Study of a Digital Storage CRO and store a transient on it. To plot the characteristics of UJT and UJT as relaxation. To plot the characteristics of MOSFET and CMOS.
EC 253 S. No. 1.
C(L,T,P) =1(0,0,2)
ELECTRONIC DEVICES AND CIRCUITS LAB
C(L,T,P) =1(0,0,2)
List of Experiments Study the following devices: (a) Analog and digital multimeters (b) Function/ Signal generators (c) Regulated d. c. power supplies (constant voltage and constant current operations) (d) Study of analog CRO, measurement of time period, amplitude, frequency and phase angle using Lissajous figures. Plot V-I characteristic of P-N junction diode and calculate cut-in voltage, reverse saturation current and static and dynamic resistances. Plot V-I characteristic of zener diode and study of zener diode as voltage regulator. Observe the effect of load changes and determine load limits of the voltage regulator. Plot frequency response curve for single stage amplifier and to determine gain bandwidth product.
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
30
5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11.
Plot drain current - drain voltage and drain current – gate bias characteristics of field effect transistor and measure of Idss and Vp Application of Diode as clipper and clamper Plot gain- frequency characteristic of two stage RC coupled amplifier and calculate its bandwidth and compare it with theoretical value. Plot gain- frequency characteristic of emitter follower and find out its input and output resistances. Plot input and output characteristics of BJT in CB, CC and CE configurations. Find their hparameters. Study half wave rectifier and effect of filters on wave. Also calculate theoretical and practical ripple factor. Study bridge rectifier and measure the effect of filter network on D.C. voltage output and ripple factor.
EC 254 S. No. 1.
2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
7.
8. 9. 10. EC 255 S. No. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12.
DIGITAL HARDWARE DESIGN LAB
C(L,T,P) = 1(0,0,2)
List of Experiments To study and perform the following experiments. (a) Operation of digital multiplexer and de-multiplexer. (b) Binary to decimal encoder. (c) Characteristics of CMOS integrated circuits. To study and perform experiment- Compound logic functions and various combinational circuits based on and/Nand and OR/NOR Logic blocks. To study and perform experiment -Digital to analog and analog to digital converters. To study and perform experiment- Various types of counters and shift registers. To study and perform experiment - Interfacing of CMOS to TTL and TTL to CMOS ICs. To study and perform experiment- BCD to binary conversion on digital IC trainer. To study and perform experiment – (a) Astable (b) Monostable (c) Bistable Multivibrators and the frequency variation with different parameters, observe voltage waveforms at different points of transistor. To study and perform experiment -Voltage comparator circuit using IC-710. To study and perform experiment- Schmitt transistor binary circuit. Design 2 bit binary up/down binary counter on bread board. ELECTRONIC MEASUREMENT AND INSTRUMENTATION LAB
C(L,T,P) =1(0,0,2)
List of Experiments Measure earth resistance using fall of potential method. Plot V-I characteristics and measure open circuit voltage and short circuit current of a solar panel. Measure unknown inductance capacitance resistance using following bridges (a) anderson Bridge (b) Maxwell Bridge To measure unknown frequency and capacitance using Wein’s bridge. Measurement of the distance with the help of ultrasonic transmitter and receiver. Measurement of displacement with the help of LVDT. Draw the characteristics of the following temperature transducers: (a) RTD (Pt-100) (b) Thermistors (c) Thermocouple Draw the characteristics between temperature and voltage of a K type thermocouple. Measure the speed of a Table Fan using stroboscope. Measurement of strain/ force with the help of strain gauge load cell. Study the working of Q-meter and measure Q of coils. To study the working of Spectrum analyzer and determine the bandwidth of different signals.
EC 301
SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS
C(L,T,P) =4(3,1,0)
Unit
Course Contents
1
INTRODUCTION: Continuous time and discrete time systems, Properties of systems. Linear time invariant systems - continuous time and discrete time. Properties of LTI systems and their block diagrams. Convolution, Discrete time systems described by difference equations. FOURIER SERIES REPRESENTATION OF SIGNALS: Fourier series representation of continuous periodic signal and its properties, Fourier series representation of Discrete periodic signal and its properties, Continuous time filters and Discrete time filters described by Diff. equation. FOURIER TRANSFORM: The continuous time Fourier transform for periodic and aperiodic signals, Properties of CTFT. Discrete time Fourier transform for periodic and aperiodic signals. Properties of DTFT. The convolution and modulation property. Z-TRANSFORM and LAPLACE TRANSFORM: Introduction. The region of convergence for the Ztransform. The Inverse Z-transform. Two dimensional Z-transform. Properties of Z transform. Laplace transform, Properties of Laplace Transform, Application of Laplace transform to system analysis. SAMPLING: Mathematical theory of sampling. Sampling theorem. Ideal and Real sampling. Interpolation technique for the reconstruction of a signal from its samples. Aliasing. Sampling in freq. domain. Sampling of discrete time signals.
II
III
IV
V
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Total Contact Hrs. 7
7
7
7
7
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
31
Total
35
Reference Books: A.V. Oppenheim, A.S. Willsky and I.J. Young-'Signals and Systems', Prentice Hall of India Ltd. Prokins and Manolakis-Digital Signal Processing: Principles algorithms *Applications, Prentice Hall Pvt. Ltd. EC 302
MICROWAVE ENGINEERING-II
C(L,T,P) =4(3,1,0)
Unit
Course Contents
1
MICROWAVE MEASUREMENTS: Detection of microwaves, Microwave power measurement, Impedance measurement, Measurement of scattering parameters, Frequency measurement, VSWR measurements. Introduction to microstrip lines, Parallel striplines, Coplanar striplines, Shielded striplines, Slot lines, Integrated Fin line, Non-radiative guide, Transitions, Bends and Discontinuities. MICROWAVE NETWORK ANALYSIS: Impedance and Admittance matrices, Scattering matrix, Reciprocal networks and Loss less networks parameters, ABCD Matrix, Equivalent circuits for Two port Network, Conversions between two port network Signal flow graphs, Discontinuities in waveguides and microstrip. MICROWAVE SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES: Construction, Operation and Practical applications of PIN diode, varactor and Tunnel diode, Gunn diode, IMPATT, TRAPTT diodes, BJT, JFET, MESFET, CCD, MASER and LASER. MONOLITHIC MICOWAVE INTEGRATED CIRCUITS: Introduction, Materials, MMIC Growth,MOSFET fabrication, Thin film formation, Hybrid integrated circuit fabrication, Advantages and Difficulties of MICs. Total
II III
IV
V
Total Contact Hrs. 7 7 7
7
7 35
Reference Books: S.Y.Liao-'Microwave Devices and ckts', Prentice Hall of India. K.C. Gupta-'Microwaves', New Age International. R.E. Collin-'Foundations for Mocrowave Engineering', Mc-Graw Hill. T.C. Edwards-'Foundation for Micostrip circuit Design', John Wiley and Sons. B.Bhat and S.K. Koul-'Stripline like Transmision Lines for Microwave Integrated Circuits, Wiley Eastern Limited EC 303
MICROWAVE ENGINEERING-I
C(L,T,P) =4(3,1,0)
Unit
Course Contents
1
WAVE GUIDES: Introduction of Microwaves and their applications. Rectangular Waveguides, Solution of Wave equation in TE and TM modes. Power transmission and Power losses. Excitation of modes in Rectangular waveguides, circular waveguides: Basic idea of TE and TM modes, field patterns, TEM mode of propagation. WAVEGUIDE COMPONENTS: Scattering matrix representation of networks. Rectangular cavity and circular cavity resonators. Waveguide Tees, Magic Tees. Hybrid rings. Waveguide corners, Bends and twists. Directional couplers, Circulators and isolators. KLYSTRONS: Limitation of conventional vacuum tubes, Construction and operation of two cavity and multicavity klystrons. Velocity modulation and electron bunching (analytical treatment), Applegate diagram and applications of two cavity klystrons. Construction, working and operation of Reflex klystron. Applications and practical considerations. Velocity modulation, power output and frequency characteristics of a Reflex klystron. Electron admittance. TRAVELLING WAVE TUBES (TWT): Construction, operation and practical consideration of helix type TWT. Introduction to CW power, pulsed dual mode TWT. Coupled cavity TWT. Applications of TWT. MAGNETRON: Types of Magnetron. Construction, operation, analysis and practical consideration of cavity or traveling wave magnetron. Introduction to coaxial, frequency angle and voltage tunable magnetrons. Backward cross field oscillator, Forward wave cross field amplifier. Total
II
III
IV
V
Total Contact Hrs. 7
7
7
7
7
35
Reference Books: S.Y. Laio - 'Microwave devices and Circuits', Prentice-Hall of India. H.J. Reich - 'Microwave Principles', East-West Press. R.E. Collin-'Foundations for microwave Engineering', Mc-Graw Hill. Sisodia, V.L. Gupta - 'Microwave Engineering', New Age.
EC304
ADVANCED MICROPROCESSORS
C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)
Unit
Course Contents
1
8086 ARCHITECTURE- Hardware specifications, Pins and signals, Internal data operations and Registers, Minimum and maximum mode, System Bus Timing, Linking and execution of Programs,Assembler Directives Syllabus ECE2012-13
Total Contact Hrs. 7
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
32
and operators. SOFTWARE and INSTRUCTION SET- Assembly language programming: addressing mode and instructions of 8086, MACRO programming, 8086 interrupts. ANALOG INTERFACING: A/D and D/A converter interfacing, keyboard and display interfacing, RS 232 and IEEE 488 communication standards. DIGITAL INTERFACING: Programmable parallel ports, Interfacing microprocessor to keyboard and alphanumeric displays, Memory interfacing and Decoding , DMA controller. MULTIPROCESSOR CONFIGURATIONS - Multiuser / Multitasking operating system concepts, 8086 based Multiprocessor systems. Introduction and basic features of 286, 386, 486 and Pentium processors. Total
II III IV V
7 7 7 7 35
Reference Books: Dougtas V.Hall- Microprocessors and Interfacing: Programming and Hardware, Tata Mc-Graw Hill. Yu-Cheng Liu, Glenn A.Gibson- Microprocessor systems: The 8086/8088', Prentice Hall of India. A.K. ray, K.H. Bhurchand- Advanced Microprocessor and Peripherals, Tata Mc-Graw Hill. EC 305
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)
Unit
Course Contents
1
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS: Basic differential amplifier analysis, Single ended and double ended configurations, Op-amp configurations with feedback, Op-amp parameters, Inverting and Non- Inverting configuration, Comparators, Adder. OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER APPLICATIONS: Integrator, Differentiator, Voltage to frequency and Frequency to voltage converters. Oscillators: Phase shift, Wein bridge, Quadrature, square wave, triangular wave, saw tooth oscillators. Voltage controlled oscillators. ACTIVE FILTERS: Low pass, high pass, band pass and band reject filters, All pass filter, Switched capacitor filter, Butterworth filter design, and Chebyshev Filter design. PHASE-LOCKED LOOPS: Operating Principles of PLL, Linear Model of PLL, Lock range, Capture range, Applications of PLL as FM detector, FSK demodulator, AM detector, frequency translator, phase shifter, tracking filter, signal synchronizer and frequency synthesizer, Building blocks of PLL, LM 565 PLL. LINEAR IC’s: Four quadrant multiplier and its applications, Basic blocks of linear IC voltage regulators, Three terminal voltage regulators, Positive and negative voltage regulators. The 555 timer as astable and monostable multivibrators. Zero crossing detector, Schmitt trigger. Total
II
III IV
V
Total Contact Hrs. 7
7
7 7
7
35
Reference Books: R.A. Gayakwad-Op-amplifiers and Linear ICs, Prentice Hall of India. Taubay-Operational Amplifiers. K.R. Botkar-Integrated Circuits. Pearson Education. EC 306
DIGITAL COMMUNICATION
C(L,T,P) =4(3,1,0)
Unit
Course Contents
1
PCM and DELTA MODULATION SYSTEMS: Uniform and Non-uniform quantization. PCM and delta modulation, Signal to quantization noise ratio in PCM and delta modulation. DPCM, ADM, T1 Carrier System, Matched filter detection. Error probability in PCM system. BASE BAND TRANSMISSION: Line coding (RZ, NRZ): Polar,Bipolar,Manchester,AMI. Inter symbol interference, Pulse shaping, Nyquist criterion, Raised cosine spectrum. DIGITAL MODULATION TECHNIQUES: Geometric interpretation of signals,Orthogonalization. ASK, BPSK, BFSK, QPSK, MSK modulation techniques and Coherent detection of these techniques. Calculation of error probabilities. INFORMATION THEORY: Amount of Information, Average Information, Entropy, Information rate, Increase in Average information per bit by coding, Shannon's Theorem and Shannon's bound, Capacity of a Gaussian Channel, BW-S/N trade off, CODING: Coding and decoding of Information, Hamming code, Single Parity-Bit Code, Linear Block code, cyclic code and convolutional code. Total
II III
IV
V
Total Contact Hrs. 7
7 7
7
7 35
Reference Books: H.Taub and D.L. schilling-'Principles of communication System', Tata Mc-Graw Hill. Simon Haykin-'Communication Systems', John Wiley and Sons. B.P. Lathi-'Communication Systems', Tata Mc-Graw Hill. Proakis-'Digital Communication' Tata Mc-Graw Hill. Sklar-'Digital Communication' Pearson Education. P. Chakarbarti-'Principles of Digital Communication' Danpatrai and Sons.
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
33
EC 307
ANALOG COMMUNICATION
C(L,T,P) =4(3,1,0)
Unit
Course Contents
1
RANDOM VARIABLES AND OPERATIONS: Introduction, distribution and density functions, discrete and continuous random variables, special distributions: binominal, Poisson, uniform, exponential, normal, rayleigh.conditional distribution and density functions. Mean and variance, moments, chebyshev’s inequality, Central limit theorem, characteristic functions and moment generating function, covariance and correlation coefficient of single Random variable. AMPLITUDE MODULATION: Frequency translation, Recovery of base band signal, Spectrum and power relations in AM systems. Methods of generation and demodulation of AM-DSB, AM-DSB/SC and AM-SSB signals. Modulation and detector circuits for AM systems. AM transmitters and receivers. FREQUENCY MODULATION: Phase and freq. modulation and their relationship, Spectrum and band width of a sinusoidally modulated FM signal, phasor diagram, Narrow band and wide band FM. Generation and demodulation of FM signals. FM transmitters and receivers.. Comparison of AM, FM and PM. Pre emphasis and deemphasis. Threshold in FM, PLL demodulator. NOISE EFFECTS IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS: Resistor noise, Networks with reactive elements, Noise temperature, Noise bandwidth, effective input noise temperature, Noise figure. Noise figure and equivalent noise temperature in cascaded circuits. Calculation of signal-to-noise ratio in SSBSC, DSB-SC, DSB with carrier, Noise calculation of square law demodulator and envelope detector. Calculation of S/N ratio in FM demodulators, Super heterodyne receivers. PULSE ANALOG MODULATION: Practical aspects of sampling: Natural and flat top sampling. PAM, PWM, PPM modulation and demodulation methods, PAM-TDM. Total
II
III
IV
V
Total Contact Hrs. 7
7
7
7
7 35
Reference Books: H.Taub and D.L. Schilling-'Principles of Communication Systems', Tata Mc-Graw Hill. G.Kennedy-'Electronic Communication Systems:, John Wiely and Sons. Simon Haykin-'communication Systems'. John Wiely and Sons. B.P. Lathi-'Communication Systems:, John Wiley. Modern Digital Analog communication Systems. Louch-Digital and analog Communication, Pearson Education. Tomasi-Electronic Communication. Pearson Education. EC 308
CONTROL SYSTEMS
C(L,T,P) =4(3,1,0)
Unit
Course Contents
1
CONTROL SYSTEMS ANALYSIS and COMPONENTS: Examples and application of open loop and close loop systems. Brief idea of multivariable control system, Brief idea of Z-transform and digital control systems. Differential equations. Determination of transfer function by block diagram reduction technique and signal flow graph method. TIME RESPONSE ANALYSIS OF FIRST ORDER and SECOND ORDER SYSTEMS: Transient response analysis. Steady state error and error constants. Dynamic error and dynamic error coefficient, Performance Indices. FREQUENCY DOMAIN METHODS: Bode plot, Design specification in frequency domain and their co-relation with time domain. STABILITY OF THE SYSTEM: Absolute stability and relative stability. Routh’s stability criterion, Hurwitz criterion. Root locus method of analysis. Polar plots, Nyquist stability criterion. M and N loci, Nicholas charts. STATE VARIABLE ANALYSIS: Concepts of state, state variable and state model. State models for linear continuous time systems. Brief idea of state variable analysis in discrete time domain. Transfer functions, Solution of state equation. Concepts of controllability and observability. Total
II
III IV
V
Total Contact Hrs. 7
7
7 7
7
35
Reference Books: I J Nagrath and M Gopal: Control Systems Engineering, New Age Publication. K Atsuhiko Ogata: Modern Control Engineering, Prentice Hall of India. M. gopal: Control Systems, Tata Mc-Graw Hill. B.C.Kuo: Automatic Control Systems, Prentice Hall of India. EC 309
MICROPROCESSOR
C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)
Unit
Course Contents
1
INTRODUCTION: CPU, address bus, data bus and control bus. Input/ Output devices, buffers,encoders, latches and memories. 8085 MICROPROCESSOR ARCHITECTURE: Internal data operations and registers, pins and signals, peripheral devices and memory organization, interrupts. CISC and RISC architecture overview.
II
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Total Contact Hrs. 7 7
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
34
III
8085 MICROPROCESSOR INSTRUCTIONS: Classification, format and timing. Instruction set.Programming and debugging, 8 bit and 16 bit instructions. 8085 MICROPROCESSOR INTERFACING: 8259, 8257, 8255, 8253, 8155 chips and their applications. A/D conversion, memory, keyboard and display interface (8279). 8086/8088 MICROPROCESSOR: Hardware specifications, architecture, address spaces, clock generator, bus controller and arbiter, Minimum and maximum mode. System Bus Timing. Assembly language programming, addressing mode and instructions of 8086/8088, linking and execution of programs. MACRO programming, assembler directives and operators. Total
IV V
7 7 7
35
Reference Books: R. Gaonkar- Microprocessor Architecture, Programming and Applications, Wiely Eastern Ltd. Dougtas V.Hall- Microprocessors and Interfacing: Programming and Hardware, Tata Mc-Graw Hill. Barry B. Brey- The Intel Microprocessors: Architecture, Programming and Interfacing, Pearson Education Asia.
EC310 INDUSTRIAL ELECTRONICS
C(L,T,P) =4(3,1,0)
Unit
Course Contents
1
SEMICONDUCTOR POWER DEVICES - Basic characteristics and working of Power Diodes, Diac, SCR, Triac, Power Transistor, MOSFETs, IGBT, and GTO. RECTIFIERS and INVERTERS - Working principles of single and three phase bridge rectifiers, Voltage and current source inverters. POWER SUPPLIES: Principle of operation of choppers. Step up, Step down, Switch Mode Power Supply: Fly back converter, forward/buck converter, Boost converter and buck-boost converter. Uninterruptible Power Supply. MOTOR CONTROL: Introduction to speed control of DC motors using phase controlled converters and choppers, Basic idea of speed control of three phase induction motors using voltage and frequency control methods. STEPPER MOTOR: Variable reluctance, Permanent magnet and hybrid stepper motors. Induction and dielectric heating control. Total
II III
IV
V
Reference Books: 1. Power Electronics Principles and Applications, Joseph Vithayathil, TMH 2. Power Eletronics, Ravish Singh, TMH 3. Industrial Electronics and Control, Ttti, TMH 4. Power Electronics: Converters Applications., Mohan, Robbins, Wiley 5. Power Electronics, Moorthi, Oxford 6. Elements Of Power Electronics, Krein, Oxford 7. Power Electronics, R.S.Murthy, Pearson 8. Power Electronics: Circuits, Devices and Applications, Muhammad.H.Rashid, 9. Power Electronics, P.S.Bhimbhra, Khanna Publishers
EC 351 S. No. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
EC 352 S. No. 1. 2.
MICROWAVE ENGINEERING LAB
Total Contact Hrs. 7 7 7
7
7 35
Pearson
C(L,T,P) =1(0,0,2)
List of Experiments Study of various microwave components and instruments like frequency meter, attenuator, detector and VSWR meter. Draw V-I characteristics of microwave source like Gunn diode/ Reflex Klystron. Measurement of frequency and wavelength in a rectangular waveguide. Measurement of VSWR (small as well as large values) and reflection coefficient. Measure unknown impedance with smith chart. Draw the following characteristics of Gunn Diode (i) Output power and frequency as a function of voltage (ii) Square wave modulation by PIN diode. Drawing polar pattern of Horn antenna. To observe the action of directional coupler and its use in separating incident and reflected wave. Study of Magic Tee, Circulator, isolator Study of spectrum analyzer and its use in observing the response of (i) High frequency amplifier (ii) Low pass, high pass, band pass, band reject filters. ADVANCED COMMUNICATION LAB
C(L,T,P) =1(0,0,2)
List of Experiments (a) To observe sampling of analog signal. Identify and solve the aliasing problem. (b) To observe the Transmission of two signals over a single channel using sampling methods. TDM-PAM: Modulation and demodulation.
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
35
3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12.
EC 353 S. No.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
EC354 S. No.
Operation of a PCM encoder and decoder. TDM-PCM: Modulation and demodulation. Observe the performance of a Delta modulation system and to derive from it a delta sigma modulation system. To generate and study the various data formatting schemes (Unipolar, Bi-polar, Manchester,AMI etc.). Generate ASK signals, with and without carrier suppression. Demodulation of these two types of modulated signal. Generate the FSK wave forms and demodulate the FSK signals based on the properties of (a) Tuned circuits (b) PLL Generate the PSK signals and demodulate it. Simulation using any virtual Instrumentation Software: To carry out convolution in both continuous time and discrete time systems. Companding and multiplexing of PCM signals. Perform various keying Techniques: PSK, ASK, FSK and MSK.
ELECTRONIC ENGINEERING DESIGN LAB
C(L,T,P) =1(0,0,2)
List of Experiments To design the following circuits, assemble these on bread board and test them. Simulation of these circuits with the help of appropriate software. Op-Amp characteristics and get data for input bias current, measure the output-offset voltage and reduce it to zero and calculate slew rate. Op-Amp in inverting and non-inverting modes. Op-Amp as scalar, summer and voltage follower. Op-Amp as differentiator and integrator. Design LPF and HPF using Op-Amp 741 Design Band Pass and Band reject Active filters using Op-Amp 741. Design Oscillators using Op-Amp (i) RC phase shift (ii) Hartley (iii) Colpitts Design (i) Astable (ii) Monostable multivibrators using IC-555 timer Design Triangular and square wave generator using 555 timer. Design Amplifier (for given gain) using Bipolar Junction Transistor.
SIGNAL PROCESSING LAB-I
C(L,T,P) =1(0,0,2)
List of Experiments
Simulation in MATLAB Environment: Generation of continuous and discrete elementary signals (periodic and non-periodic) using mathematical expression. Generation of Continuous and Discrete Unit Step Signal. Generation of Exponential and Ramp signals in Continuous & Discrete domain. Continuous and discrete time Convolution (using basic definition). Adding and subtracting two given signals. (Continuous as well as Discrete signals) To generate uniform random numbers between (0, 1). To generate a random binary wave. To generate random sequences with arbitrary distributions, means and variances for following : (a) Rayleigh distribution (b) Normal distributions: N(0,1). (c) Gaussion distributions: N (mx, σx2) To plot the probability density functions. Find mean and variance for the above distributions
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
9
EC 355 S. No. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12.
MICROPROCESOR LAB
C(L,T,P) =1(0,0,2)
List of Experiments Study the hardware, functions, memory structure and operation of 7085 microprocessor kit. Program to perform integer division: (i) 8-bit by 8-bit (ii) 16-bit by 8-bit. Transfer of a block of data in memory to another place in memory in the direct and reverse order. Searching a number in an array and finding its parity. Sorting of array in: (i) Ascending (ii) Descending order Programme to perform following conversion: (i) BCD to ASCII (ii) BCD to Hexadecimal Programme to multiply two 8-bit numbers. Programme to generate and sum 15 fibanocci numbers. Programme for rolling display of message “INDIAN”. To insert a number at correct place in a sorted array. Serial and Parallel data transfer on output port 8155 and 8255 and designing of disco light, running light, and sequential lights on off by above hardware. Generation of different waveform on 8253/ 8254 programmable timer.
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
36
EC 356 INDUSTRIAL ELECTRONICS LAB
C(L,T,P) =1(0,0,2)
1.
Study the characteristics of SCR. 1.1 Observe the terminal configuration. 1.2 Measure the breakdown voltage. 1.3 Measure latching and holding current. 1.4 V-I characteristics. 2. Perform experiment on triggering circuits for SCR 2.1 R-triggering circuit. 2.2 R-C triggering circuit. 2.3 UJT triggering circuit. 3. Study and obtain the characteristics of Diac. 4. Study and obtain the waveforms for single-phase half-wave controlled converter. 5. Study and obtain the wave forms for single-phase half controlled symmetrical and asymmetrical bridge converters. 6. Study and obtain the waveforms for single-phase fully controlled bridge converter. 7. Study and obtain the waveforms for voltage-commutated chopper. 8. Study and obtain the wave forms for current-commutated chopper. 9. Perform experiment of single phase PWM inverter. 10. Perform experiment on buck, boost and buck-boost regulators. 11. 12 Perform experiment on Motor control-open loop and closed loop.
EC 357 S. No. 1. 2. 3. 4.
COMMUNICATION LAB
C(L,T,P) =1(0,0,2)
List of Experiments Harmonic analysis of a square wave of a modulated wave form. Observe the Amplitude modulated wave form and measure modulation index. Demodulation of AM signal. Generation and Demodulation of DSB – SC signal. Modulate a sinusoidal signal with high frequency carrier to obtain FM signal. Demodulation of the FM signal. To observe the following in a transmission line demonstrator kit: (a) The propagation of pulse in non reflecting transmission line. (b) The effect of losses in transmission line. (c) Transmission with standing waves on a Transmission line. (d) The resonance characteristics of a half-wave length long X-mission line. (a) To observe the operation of sampling and sample and hold circuits. (b) To study the effect of sampling time (sampling pulse width). (c) To study the effects of changing the sampling frequency and observing aliasing phenomena. To study and observe the operation of a super heterodyne receiver. To study and observe the amplitude response of automatic gain controller (AGC ). PAM, PWM and PPM: Modulation PAM, PWM and PPM: Demodulation.
5.
6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
EC 401
ANTENNA AND WAVE PROPAGATION
C(L,T,P) =4(3,1,0)
Unit
Course Contents
1
ANTENNA FUNDAMENTALS - Antenna parameters, Radiation from a current element in free space. Quarter and half wave antenna. Reciprocity theorem. Resonant and non-resonant antenna. Effective length and aperature, gain, beamwidth, directivity, radiation resistance, efficiency, polarization, impedance and directional characteristics of antenna, antenna temperature. ANTENNAS - V and Rhombic antennas, Folded dipole, Yagi-Uda antenna, Frequency independent antennas, Logperiodic antennas,UHF and Microwave antennas- Antenna with parabolic reflectors, Horn and Lens antennas, Helical antennas, Square and Circular loop antennas, Fundamentals of Slot and Microstrip antennas. ANTENNA ARRAYS - Two element array, N-element linear arrays, Broadside, End fire,collinear and combination arrays, Multiplication of patterns, Binomial arrays. Effect of ground on antennas, Antenna loading. Antenna Measurements - Antenna impedance, radiation pattern, gain, directivity, polarization and phase measurements RADIO WAVE PROPAGATION - Mechanism of radio wave propagation, Reflection, Refraction interference and diffraction of radio waves. Theory of ground wave, space wave and sky wave propagation. Plane earth reflection, Reflection factors for horizontal and vertical polarizations. Duct propagation and tropospheric scattering. Various Ionospheric layers. Characteristics of ionosphere and its effects on wave propagation. Critical frequency, Virtual height, skipzone and maximum usable frequency. Multiple hop transmission. Oblique and vertical incidence transmission. Effect of earth's magnetic field, solar activity and meteorological conditions on wave propagation. Total
II
III
IV
V
Total Contact Hrs. 7
7
7
7
7
35
Reference Books: J.D. Kraus, 'Antennas', Mc-Graw Hill. C.A. Balanis, 'Antenna Theory', Harper and Row. K.D. Prasad, 'Antenna and Wave Propagation', SATYA Prakashan, New Delhi. E.C. Jordan and K.g. Balmain, 'Electromagnetic waves and Radiating Systems', Prentice hall of India. R.e. Collin, 'Antennas and Radio Wave Propagation', Mc-Graw Hill.
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
37
EC 402
OPTICAL COMMUNICATION
C(L,T,P) =4(3,1,0)
Unit
Course Contents
1
OPTICAL FIBERS - Basic optical laws and definitions, Principles of light propagation in fibers, Ray theory, Optical fiber modes and configurations, Step index and graded index fibers, Monomode and multimode fibers, Fiber materials, fiber fabrication, Fiber optic cables. Attenuation, signal distortion in optical fibers, Dispersion-intra modal and inter modal, Dispersion shifted and flattened fiber. OPTICAL SOURCES - LED’s- Structure, Materials, Characteristics, Modulation, Power and efficiency, Laser Diodes - Basic concept, Hetro Structure, properties and modulation. OPTICAL DETECTORS - PIN and Avalanche photo diodes, photo detector noise, detector response time, Avalanche multiplication noise. Photo diode materials. Fundamental of Optical Receiver Operation. OPTICAL FIBER COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS- Source to fiber coupling, fiber to fiber joints, fiber splicing, fiber connectors. Principal components. Link design calculation, Applications, Wavelength division multiplexing. OPTICAL FIBER MEASUREMENTS: Measurements of Fiber attenuation, Dispersion, refractive index profile, Numerical aperture and diameter. Total
II III IV
V
Total Contact Hrs. 7
7 7 7
7 35
Reference Books: Gerd Keiser-Optical Fiber Communications, Tata Mc-Graw lHill. J.N. Senior-Optical Fiber Communications, Prentice Hall of India. J.Gowar-Optical Communications system, Prentice hall of India. J.Wilson and Hawkes-Opto Electronics-An Introduction, Prentice Hall of India. Joseph C. Palais-Fiber Optic Communications, LPE, Pearson Education Asia. EC 403
WIRELESS COMMUNICATION
C(L,T,P) =4(3,1,0)
Unit
Course Contents
1
PROPAGATION PHENOMENA - Fundamentals of fading, Multipath channels, Spread Spectrum signals: Directsequence spread spectrum signals, p-n sequences, Frequency-hopped spread spectrum signals, Code-division multiplexing. LINE OF SIGHT MICOWAVE COMMUNICATION- Link Engineering, Frequency planning, Free space loss, Fresnel zone clearance bending of radio beam, Effective earth radius, Building blocks of Transmitter and Receiver. MULTIPLE ACCESS TECHNIQUES - FDMA, TDMA and CDMA with reference to mobile radio and satellite systems. TDMA based networks. CDMA based networks, CELLULAR WIRELESS NETWORKS-, GSM: Introduction, overview of the GSM systems, GSM codec, channel coding and interleaving, radio like control. Cordless systems and WLL, Mobile IP, Wireless access protocol. Wireless LAN’s: Technology, IEEE 702.11 standards and Blue tooth., Broadband Wireless 702.16 SATELLITE COMMUNICATION - Elements of satellite communication: Frequency bands, Transmission and multiplexing. Modulation, Multiple access. Satellite orbit and description- orbital period and velocity, effects of orbital inclination, Azimuth and elevation, Coverage angle and slant range, Geostationary orbit, Satellite description. Earth Station antenna, high-power amplifier, low-noise amplifier, up converter, down converter, monitoring and control, reliability. Satellite Link: basic link analysis, Total
II III IV
V
Total Contact Hrs. 7
7 7 7
7
35
Reference Books: Reppaport-Wireless Communication, Pearson Education. William Stallings- Wireless communication and Networks, LPE, Pearson Education, Asia. Tri. T. Ha.- Digital Satellite Communications, Mc-Graw Hill International. Dr.Kamilo Feher-Digital Wireless Communication, Prentice Hall of India. William C.Y. Le-Mobile Cellular Telecommunications, Mc-Graw Hill Interational Edition. Richharia M-Satellite Communication System, Mac Millan. EC 404
RADAR AND TV ENGINEERING
C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)
Unit
Course Contents
1
RADAR - Radar Block diagram, frequencies and applications. Radar range equation. Continuous wave (CW) and FM radar; Moving target indicator (MTI): Delay line cancellers, blind velocity Pulse Doppler Radar. Tracking radar sequential lobbing, Conical scan and monopulse radar, Types of display, Radar receivers, Noise figure. NAVIGATIONAL AIDS - Principle of operation of Radar direction finder and range system.LORAN system, DME, TACAN, Aircraft landing systems. TV ENGINEERING- Theory of scanning standards, Principles of Monochrome and colour T.V. system (PAL, SECAM, NTSC). Composite video signal analysis. T.V Cameras: Image orthicon, plumbicon, vidicon. CCD camera tubes. Types of Monochrome and colour picture tubes, set-up adjustments. LCD and Plasma displays Picture, colour and sound carriers. Vestigial side band transmission. Encoding picture information. Chrominance modulation. Compatibility of colour and monochrome T.V. systems. Block diagram of T.V.
II III
IV
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Total Contact Hrs. 7
7 7
7
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
38
transmitters. TV transmission and reception antennas. TV RECEIVER: Functional block diagram of T.V. receiver, R.F. Tuner, I.F. amplifier, Video detector, video amplifier, AGC, Synch. Separation, Sync. Processing and AFC. Deflection oscillators, vertical and horizontal deflection and sound system circuits. EHT generation. Common faults and their diagnosis. Basic idea of HDTV, DBS-TV and 3D-TV. Total
V
7
35
Reference Books: M.I.Skolink - 'Introduction to Radar System', Mc-Graw Hill. N.S. Nagaraja - 'Elements of Electronic navigation', Tata Mc-Graw hill. R.R. Gulati - Monochromic and Colour Television, Wiley Eastem. Dhake - television Engineering. Tata Mc-Graw Hill
EC 405
MICROCONTROLLER AND EMBEDDED SYSTEMS
C(L,T,P) =4(3,1,0)
Unit
Course Contents
1
THE 8051 MICROCONTROLLER: Introduction, The 8051 microcontroller hardware. I/O pins, Port, External memory. Counters and Timers, Serial data. Interputs. 8051 ASSEMBLY LANGUAGE PROGRAMMING: Addressing modes, External data moves, push and pop opcides, Logical operations, Byte level and bit level logival operations. Arithmetic operations, Jump and call instructions, Interrupts and returns. REAL TIME CONTROL: Interrupts, Multiple sources of interrupts, Non maskable sources of interrupts, Interrupt structure in 8051,Timers,Free running counter & Real Time control .. SYSTEM DESIGN AND INTRODUCTION TO REAL TIME OPERATING SYSTEMS: Serial I/O interface, Parallel I/O ports interface, Digital and Analog interfacing methods, LED array, keyboard, Printer, Flash memory interfacing. Round robin with interrupts, RTOS Architecture, Task and task states, Semphores and shared data. INTRODUCTION TO EMBEDED SYSTEM: Application of Microcontrollers in interfacing, Robotics, MCU based measuring instruments. Real Time Operating System for System Design, Multitasking System, Task Definition in a Multitasking System, Round Robin Scheduling, Full Pre-emptive Scheduling, Basic study and Features of Commercial RTOS : WINCE and Embedded Linux. Total
II
III IV
V
Total Contact Hrs. 7 7
7 7
7
35
Reference Books: K.N. Ayala-The 8051 Microcontroller. Penram International. M.A. Mazidi and J.G. Mazidi-The 8051 Microcontroller and Embedded Systems, Pearson Education Asia. David simon-An Embedded software Primer. Pearson Education Asia. J.W. Valvano Brooks/Cole-Embedded Microcomputer Systems Thomson LearningTM EC 406 VHDL
C(L,T,P) =4(3,1,0)
Unit Course Contents
INTRODUCTION – Fundamental and history of various hardware description language, Design flow of ASICs and and standard logic circuits using software. COMBINATIONAL CIRCUIT BUILDING BLOCKS- Multiplexer, Decoders, encoders, Code Converters, VHDL Code for Combinational Circuits. SEQUENCIAL CIRCUITS: VHDL code for Flip-Flops, shift registers, Counters. SYNCHRONOUS/ ASYNCHRONOUS SEQUENCIAL CIRCUITS: Mealy and Moore type FSMs, VHDL Code for Mealy and Moore Machines, VHDL Codes for Serial Adder, Vending Machine. DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN- Building Block circuits, Memory organization, SRAM, Design examples of divider, Multiplier, Shifting and Sorting Operations, Clock Synchronization, CPU organization and design concepts. Total
1 II III IV V
Total Contact Hrs. 7 7 7 7 7 35
Reference Books: Stephen Brown and Zvonki Vranesic-Fundamentals of Digital Logic circuit VHDL Design, Tata Mc-Graw Hill. Z.Navabi-Analysis and Modeling of Digital Systems, Tata Mc-Graw Hill. D.L.Perry-VHDL 3rd cd., Tata Mc-Graw Hill. Morris Mano-Digital Logic and Computer Design, Prentice Hall of India. EC 407 Unit
VLSI DESIGN Course Contents
Syllabus ECE2012-13
C(L,T,P) =4(3,1,0) Total Contact Hrs. Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
39
1
INTRODUCTION TO MOS TECHNOLOGY- Basic MOS transistors, Enhancement Mode transistor action, Depletion Mode transistor action, NMOS and CMOS fabrication. BASIC ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES OF MOS CIRCUITS- Ids versus Vds relationship, Aspects of threshold voltage, Transistor Transconductance gm. The nMOS inverter, Pull up to Pull-down ratio for a NMOS Inverter and CMOS Inverter (Bn/Bp), MOS transistor circuit Model, Noise Margin. CMOS LOGIC CIRCUITS- The inverter, Combinational Logic, Nand Gate NOR gate, Compound Gates, 2 input CMOS Multiplexer, Memory latches and registers, Transmission Gate, Gate delays, CMOS-Gate Transistor sizing, Power dissipation. Basic physical design of simple Gates and Layout issues. Layout issues for inverter, Layout for Nand and NOR Gates, Complex Logic gates Layout, Layout optimization for performance. Introduction to VHDL, Prolog and other design tools. VHDL Code for simple Logic gates, flip-flops, shift registers. Total
II
III
IV V
7 7
7
7 7 35
Reference Books: Stephen Brown and Zvonlo Veranesic-Fundamentals of Digital Logic with VLSI Design, Tata Mc-Graw Hill. Neil H.E. Weste, Kamran Eshraghian-Principles of CMOS VLSI Design. Douglas A. Pucknell, Kamran Eshraghian-Basic VLSI Design. Michael John, Sebastian Smith-Application specific Integrated Circuit. Behzad Razavi-Design of Analog CMOS Integrated Circuits, Mc-Graw Hill. EC 409
DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING
C(L,T,P) =4(3,1,0)
Unit
Course Contents
1
SAMPLING - Discrete time processing of Continuous-time signals, continuous-time processing of discrete-time signals, changing the sampling rate using discrete-time processing. TRANSFORM ANALYSIS OF LTI SYSTEMS - Introduction, The frequency response of LTI systems, System functions for systems characterized by LCCD (Linear Constant Coefficient Difference) equations, All-pass system, Minimum-Phase systems, Linear systems with linear phase. STRUCTURES FOR DISCRETE-TIME SYSTEMS- Block diagram and signal flow graph representation of LCCD (LCCD – Linear Constant Coefficient Difference) equations, Basic structures for IIR and FIR systems, Transposed forms. FILTER DESIGN TECHNIQUES - Introduction, Analog filter Design: Butterworth and Chebyshev.IIR filter design by impulse invariance and bilinear transformation. Design of FIR filters by Windowing: Rectangular, Hanning, Hamming and Kaiser. The Discrete Fourier transforms (DFT), Properties of the DFT, Linear Convolution using DFT. Efficient computation of the DFT: Decimation–in-Time and Decimation-in frequency FFT Algorithms. Processing of speech signals: Vocoders, linear predictive coders. Total
II
III
IV
V
Total Contact Hrs. 7 7
7
7
7
35
Reference Books: Schafer, Buck-Discrete Time signal Processing, Pearson Education Asia. Prokis and Monolakis-Digital Signal Processing: Principles, Algorithms and Application, Prentice hall of India. S.K. Mitra-Digital Signal Processing. Tata Mc-Graw Hill. Lathi-Signal Processing and Linear System, Oxford Univ Pren EC 411
IC TECHNOLOGY
C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)
Unit
Course Contents
1
INTRODUCTION TO TECHNOLOGIES- Semiconductor Substrate-Crystal defects, Electronic Grade Silicon, Czochralski Growth, Float Zone Growth, Characterization and evaluation of Crystals; Wafer Preparation- Silicon Shaping, Etching and Polishing, Chemical cleaning. DIFFUSION and ION IMPLANTATION- Ficks diffusion Equation in One Dimension, Atomic model, Analytic Solution of Ficks Law, correction to simple theory , Diffusion in SiO2. Ion Implantation and Ion Implantation Systems Oxidation. Growth mechanism and Deal-Grove Model of oxidation, Linear and Parabolic Rate co-efficient, Structure of SiO2, Oxidation techniques and system, Oxide properties. CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION and LAYER GROWTH- CVD for deposition of dielectric and polysilicon – a simple CVD system, Chemical equilibrium and the law of mass action, Introduction to atmospheric CVD of dielectric, low pressure CVD of dielectric and semiconductor. Epitaxy-Vapour Phase Expitaxy, Defects in Epitaxial growth, Metal Organic Chemical Vapor Deposition, Molecular beam epitaxy. PATTERN TRANSFER- Introduction to photo/optical lithography, Contact/ proximity printers, Projection printers, Mask generation, photoresists. Wet etching, Plasma etching, Reaction ion etching. VLSI PROCESS INTEGRATION- Junction and Oxide Isolation, LOCOS methods, Trench Isolation, SOI; Metallization, Planarization. Fundamental consideration for IC Processing, NMOS IC Technology, CMOS IC Technology, Bipolar IC Technology. Total
II
III
IV V
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Total Contact Hrs. 7
7
7
7 7
35
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
40
Reference Books: S.M. Sze-VLSI Technology, Tata Mc-Graw Hill. D. Nagchoudhary-principles of Microelectronic Technology, Wheeler Publishing. Stephen A Campbell-The Science and Engineering of Microelectronic Fabrication, Oxford University Press. Hong Xiao-Introduction to Semiconductor Manufacturing, Prentice Hall India. Kang- CMOS circuit design, Tata Mc-Graw Hill. Razoni-Design of CMOS Analog Integrated Circuit. EC413 BIOMEDICAL SIGNAL PROCESSING
C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)
Unit
Course Contents
1
Introduction: Specifications of bio-medical instrumentation system, Man-Instrumentation system Components, Problems encountered in measuring a living system. Basics of Anatomy and Physiology of the body. Bioelectric potentials: Resting and action potentials, propagation of action potential, The Physiological potentials – ECG, EEG, EMG, ERG, EOG and Evoked responses. Electrodes and Transducers: Electrode theory, Biopotential Electrodes – Surface electrodes, Needle electrodes, Microelectrodes, Biomedical Transducer. Cardiovascular Measurements: Electrocardiography – ECG amplifiers, Electrodes and Leads, ECG –Single channel, Three channel, Vector Cardiographs, ECG System for Stresses testing, Holter recording, Blood pressure measurement, Heart sound measurement. Pacemakers and Defibrillators. Patient Care and Monitoring: Elements of intensive care monitoring, displays, diagnosis, Calibration and Reparability of patient monitoring equipment. Respiratory system Measurements: Physiology of Respiratory system. Measurement of breathing mechanism – Spirometer. Respiratory Therapy equipments: Inhalators, Ventilators and Respirators, Humidifiers, and Nebulizers and Aspirators. Nervous System Measurements: Physiology of nervous system, Neuronal communication, Neuronal firing measurements. Ophthalmology Instruments: Electroretinogram, Electro - oculogram, Ophthalmoscope, Tonometer for eye pressure measurement. Diagnostic techniques: Ultrasonic diagnosis, Eco - cardiography, Eco-encephalography, Ophthalmic scans, X-ray and Radio-isotope diagnosis and therapy, CAT-Scan, Emission computerized tomography, MRI. Bio-telemetry: The components of a Bio-telemetry system, Implantable units, Telemetry for ECG measurements during exercise, for Emergency patient monitoring. Prosthetic Devices and Therapies: Hearing Aides, Myoelectric Arm, Dia-thermy, Laser applications in medicine. Total
II
III
IV
V
Total Contact Hrs. 7
7
7
7
7
35
TEXT BOOKS: 1. R. S. Khandpur, “Biomedical Instrumentation”, TMH 2. S. K. Venkata Ram, “Bio-Medical Electronics andInstrumentation (Revised)”, Galgotia. 3. J. G. Webster (editor), “Medical Instrumentation Application and Design”, 3rd Ed WILEY, India REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Cromwell, “Biomedical Instrumentation and Measurements” PHI 2. J. G. Webster, “Bio- Instrumentation”, Wiley 3. S. Ananthi, “A Text Book of Medical Instruments”, New Age International 4. Carr and Brown, “Introduction to Biomedical Equipment Technology”, Pearson 5. Pandey and Kumar, “Biomedical Electronics and Instrumentation”, Kataria EC 415 IMAGE PROCESSING AND PATTERN RECOGNITION
C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)
Unit Course Contents
1 II III
IV
V
Total Contact Hrs. INTRODUCTION: Imaging in ultraviolet and visible band. Fundamental steps in image processing. Components in image 7 processing. Image perception in eye, light and electromagnetic spectrum, Image sensing and acquisition using sensor array. DIGITAL IMAGE FUNDAMENTALS: Image sampling and quantization, Representing digital images, Spatial and gray- 7 level resolution, Aliasing and Moiré patterns, Zooming and Shrinking digital images. IMAGE RESTORATION: Image restoration model, Noise Models, Spatial and frequency properties of noise, noise 7 probability density functions, Noise - only spatial filter, Mean filter Statistic filter and adaptive filter, Frequency domain filters - Band reject filter, Band pass filter and Notch filter. IMAGE COMPRESSION: Compression Fundamentals - Coding Redundancy, Interpixel redundancy, Psycho visual 7 redundancy and Fidelity criteria. Image Compression models, Source encoder and decoder, Channel encoder and decoder, Lossy compression and compression standards. color space formats, scaling methodologies (like horizontal, vertical up/down scaling). Display format (VGA, NTSC, PAL). EXPERT SYSTEM AND PATTERN RECOGNITION: Use of computers in problem solving, information 7 representation, searching, theorem proving, and pattern matching with substitution. Methods for knowledge representation, searching, spatial, temporal and common sense reasoning, and logic and probabilistic inferencing. Applications in expert systems and robotics Total 35
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
41
Reference Books: Rafael C. Gonzalez-Digital Image Processing, Pearson Edcation Asia. Kenneth R. Castleman-Digital Image Processing, Pearson Education Asia. Nick Effard-Digital Image Processing, Pearson Education Asia. Jain A.K.-Digital Image Processing, Prentice hall of India. Sonka, Hlavac and Boyle-Image Processing. analysis and machine Vision, Thomas Learning. EC 451 S. No.
SIGNAL PROCESSING LAB-II
C(L,T,P) =1(0,0,2)
List of Experiments Modeling and simulation using MAT LAB To carry out convolution in both continuous time and discrete time systems. Realising a given block diagram having multiplier, adder/subtractor and system (Discrete/Continuous) with given Impulse response. Calculating output for given input. Perform various keying Techniques: PSK, ASK, FSK & MSK. To simulate the transmitter and receiver for BPSK To design and simulate FIR digital filter (LP/HP). To design and simulate IIR digital filter (LP/HP). DSP Lab using TMS320C6XXX DSP Kits To study the architecture of TMS320C6XXX DSP kits using Bloom with DSP. To generate wave form (SINE, COSINE, SQUARE & TRIANGULAR). Verification of Sampling Theorem. Verification of linear/circular convolution.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10 EC 452
OPTICAL FIBER LAB
C(L,T,P) =1(0,0,2)
S. No. 1 2 3 4 5.
List of Experiments To perform following experiments based on Fiber Optic Trainer. To set up Fiber Optic Analog link. To set up fiber Optic Digital link. Measurement of Propagation loss and numerical aperture. Characterization of laser diode and light emitting diode.
EC 453 S. No. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5-6. 7-8. 9-10. 11-12.
MICROCONTROLLER LAB List of Experiments Write a program to add two 2-byte numbers with a 3-byte sum. Write a program to add an array of 8 numbers using loop. Write a program to convert temperature from Fahrenheit to Centigrade. Implement a sequencer traffic light controller. Implement real time interrupt. Interface microcontroller with stepper motor and move motor by given steps. Interface, test and control LED display with Microcontroller. Implement a watchdog timer and test the same to check infinite loop.
EC 454 S. No.
1.
2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
WIRELESS COMMUNICATION LAB
C(L,T,P) =1(0,0,2)
C(L,T,P) =1(0,0,2)
List of Experiments Measurement of antenna characteristics: Radiation Pattern on polar plots, Beam width and Gain of main lobe for the following types of antennas. Half wave and quarter wave dipole Folded dipole Yagi UDA multiple element folded dipole Hertz Antenna End fire array and broad side array Helix antenna Paraboloid reflector antenna Loop antenna Ground plane antenna Log periodic antenna Rhombus antenna Slot antenna Demonstration of modeling of wire antenna using appropriate design software. Simulation of antenna arrays using appropriate software. Design and testing of microstrip rectangular patch antenna using appropriate software. Investigate the transmission characteristics of the link and measure the gain of the microstrip patch antennas. Draw the antenna radiation diagram. Radar Trainer: Working of Doppler radar, velocity of moving object, time and frequency measurement and other applications. To perform Modulation, Demodulation and BER measurement using CDMA – DSSS Trainer. To establish analog/digital communication link and transmit and receive three signals (audio, video, tone) simultaneously using
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
42
Satellite Communication Trainer. To study GPS Receiver, establishing link between GPS satellite and GPS trainer and measure of latitude and longitude
9.
EC 501 MOS VLSI
C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)
UNIT
Course Contents
1
PROCESS FLOW and MASKING STEPS FOR MOS and CMOS TECHNOLOGIES, Lambda based design rules. (1) Electrical behavior of MOS transistors, (2) Latch up in CMOS technology Layer properties of various conducting layers in MOS technology (diffusion, poly-silicon and metal): Sheet resistance, relative capacitance. Fundamental time constant () for a technology. Design and analysis of NMOS (enhancement and depletion) and CMOS inverters; rationing of transistor size, logic threshold, logic low voltage level, rise and fall of delays. DESIGN OF BASIC GATES IN NMOS TECHNOLOGY. CMOS logic design styles: static CMOS logic(and, NOR gates), complex gates, domino logic, pseudo NMOS logic ,clocked CMOS(C2 MOS) logic. STRUCTURED LOGIC DESIGN: Programmable arrays. Design of latches and flip-flops, static memory cell and dynamic memory cell. MOS scaling theory and scaling of interconnection. Total
II III IV V
Total Contact Hrs. 7 7 7 7 7 35
Reference Books: 1. Sung-Mo Kang and Yusuf Leblebici, CMOS Digital Integrated Circuits Analysis and Design, McGraw-Hill, 1998. 2. Neil H.E.Weste and Kamran Eshraghian, Principles of CMOS VLSI Design, Addison Wesley, 1998. 3. Rabaey et al., Digital Integrated Circuits, Pearson India, 2002. 4. K. Martin, Digital Integrated circuit design, Oxford University press, 2001. 5. A.Mukherji, Introduction to nMOS and CMOS VLSI system design, Prentice Hall Inc., 6. C.Mead and L.Conway, Introduction to VLSI systems, Addison Wesley, 1986. 7. Glasser and Dobberpuhl, Design and analysis of VLSI circuits, Addison Wesley, 1985. EC 502 COMPUTER-AIDED VLSI DESIGN
C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)
UNIT
Course Contents
1
INTRODUCTION :Why design ICs? Technology and economics for IC manufacturing. COMOS technologycircuit techniques,Power consumption,Design and testability. IC Design Techniques-Hierarchical design,Data abstraction and computer aided design TRANSISTORS and LAYOUT : Design Rules-Fabrication Errors,Scalable design rules, SCMOS design rules and typical process parameters. Layout Design and Tools-Layout for Circuits,Stick Diagrams,Hierarchical Stick Diagrams,Layout Design and Analysis Tools and Automated Layout. SEQUENTIAL MACHINES: Latches and FlipFlops-Categories of memory elements,Latches and Flip-Flops. Sequential Systems and clocking disciplines-One phase systems for Flip-Flops, Two-phase systems for Latches,Advanced clocking analysis and clock generation.Sequential system Design-structural specification,State Transition Graph,Tables and State assignment.Power optimization. Design validation and sequential testing. SUBSYSTEM DESIGN :Subsystem Design Principles-Pipelining and Data paths. Combinational shifter,Adders ALUs and Multipliers.High Density Memory-ROM,Static RAM, Three-Transistor DRAM and one transistor DRAM. CHIP DESIGN :Design Methodologies.Kitchen Timer chip-Timer specification and Architecture,Architecture Design.Logic design,layout design and Design Validation. Total
II
III
IV
V
Total Contact Hrs. 7
7
7
7
7 35
Reference Books: 1. Wayne Wolf: CMOS VLSI Design, PHI, 2008 2. J Bhaskar: VHDL Design, 3. Nawabi: VHDL Design, EC 503 VLSI TECHNOLOGY UNIT 1 II III IV V
C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)
Course Contents Basic IC processing steps. Crystal growth and wafer preparation. Epitaxy-basics of vacuum deposition, MBE. CVD- low and high temp/pressure depositions. Diffusion –kinetics, Ficks law, sheet resistivity methods of diffusion. Oxidation –properties of oxides, theory of oxidation, oxidation under different ambients. Ion implantation. Etching techniques. CVD of polysilicon, oxides and nitrides. Integrated circuit structures in bipolar and MOS. Introduction to process simulation, SUPREM. Total
Total Contact Hrs. 7 7 7 7 7 35
Reference Books: Syllabus ECE2012-13
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
43
1. S. M. Sze, VLSI Technology, McGRAW-HILL, 1988. 2. D. Nagchoudhuri, Principles Of Microelectronic Technology, Wheeler Publishing, 1998. 3. Stephen A. Campbell, The Science and Engineering of Microelectronic Fabrication, Oxford University Press, 1996. 4. Hong Xiao, Introduction to Semiconductor Manufacturing, Prentice Hall, 2001. 5. SK Gandhi, VLSI fabrication principles, John Wiley 1983. 6. AB Glaser, GE Subak-Sharpe, Integrated circuit engineering, Reading MA, Addison Wesley 1977 EC 504 ANALOG ICS
C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)
UNIT
Course Contents
1
REVIEW OF MOS TRANSISTOR operation models and equivalent circuits. Single-Stage Amplifiers, Differential Amplifiers. Passive and Active Current Mirrors: Cascode Current mirror, Wilson Current mirror. THEORY and DESIGN OF MOS OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER, Complete CMOS operational amplifier including frequency compensation. Comparators and Voltage Reference Sources. SWITCHED CAPACITOR CIRCUITS: Principles of operation of Switched Capacitor Circuits, Switched Capacitor Filters. D/A and A/D CONVERTERS. NONLINEAR ANALOG CIRCUITS: Timers, Function generators, Multipliers and PLL Total
II III IV V
Total Contact Hrs. 7 7 7 7 7 35
Reference Books: 1. P. R. Gray and R. G. Meyer. Analysis and Design of Analog Integrated Circuits. McGraw Hill, NY, 1994. 2. A. B. Grebene, Bipolar and MOS analog integrated circuits design. John Wiley, 1984. 3. S. Soclof. Analog Integrated Circuits. Prentice Hall Inc. , 1985. EC 505 SYSTEM LEVEL DESIGN AND MODELING OF DIGITAL SYSTEM
C(L,T,P) =(3,0,0)
UNIT
Course Contents
1
Sequential Logic Design- Introduction, Basic Bistable Memory Devices,additional bistable devices, reduced characteristics and excitation table for bistable devices. Synchronous Sequential Logic Circuit Design: Introduction, Moore, Mealy and Mixed type Synchronous State Machines. Synchronous sequential design of Moore, Melay Machines, Synchronous Counter Design. Data path and Control design. Algorithmic State Machine: An Algorithm with inputs, digital solution, Implementation of traffic light controller, ASM charts, Design Procedure for ASMs. Introduction to programmable logic devices: PALs, PLDs, CPLDs and FPGAs. Introduction to VHDL: Data types, Concurrent statements, sequential statements, behavioral modeling. Total
II III IV V
Total Contact Hrs. 7 7 7 7 7 35
Reference Books: 1. Digital System Design, Ercegovic, Wiley. 2. Richard S. Sandige, Modern Digital Design, McGraw-Hill, 1990. 3. Zvi Kohavi, Switching and Finite Automata Theory, Tata McGraw-Hill. 4. Navabi. Analysis and modeling of digital systems. McGraw Hill, 1998. 5. Perry. Modeling with VHDL. McGraw Hill, 1994. EC506 ADVANCED DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING
C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)
UNIT
Course Contents
1
DFT and ITS PROPERTIES. Decimation in time and decimation in frequency FFT algorithms, discrete cosine transform. IIR FILTER DESIGN: Butterworth design, bilinear transformation. Low Pass, High Pass, Band Pass and Band, Stop digital filters. Spectral transformation of IIR filters. FIR FILTERS DESIGN: Symmetric and antisymmetric linear phase. FIR filter by rectangular, triangular and Blackman window functions. FINITE WORD LENGTH EFFECTS IN FIR and IIR DIGITAL FILTERS: Quantization, round off errors and overflow errors. MULTI RATE DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING: Concepts, design of practical sampling rate converters, Decimators, interpolators. Polyphase decompositions. Total
II III IV V
Total Contact Hrs. 7 7 7 7 7 35
Reference Books: 1. Schafer, Buck-Discrete Time signal Processing, Pearson Education Asia. 2. Prokis and Monolakis-Digital Signal Processing: Principles, Algorithms and Application, Prentice hall of India. 3. S.K. Mitra-Digital Signal Processing. Tata Mc-Graw Hill. 4. Rabiner and Gold-Theory and Applications of Digital Signal Processing, Prentice Hall of India. Syllabus ECE2012-13
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
44
5. Lathi-Signal Processing and Linear System, Oxford Univ Pren EC 507 ADVANCED COMPUTER COMMUNICATION
C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)
Units
Course Contents
1
Introduction to Reference Models: Introduction to data communication. Concept of analog and digital signals. Bandwidth. Network architecture. Basics of OSI and TCP/IP reference models. Example architecture of other reference models. Transmission media: Wired and wireless connectivity. FDM, TDM and CDMA. Circuit and packet switching. Frame relay and ATM switching. ISDN. Local area network protocols. IEEE standards for LAN. Fibre optic networks. Satellite networks. Data link layer design issues: its functions and protocols. Protocol and Packet format: Internet protocol. Routing algorithms. Congestion control algorithms. IP addressing schemes. Internetworking and sub-netting. Transport and application layer design issues. Connection management. Transport protocol on top of X.25. File transfer and access management. Quality of Services: In ATM, IETF integrated services model, Differentiated services Model. Flow identification, Packet Classifiers and Filters, Scheduling. Factors affecting QOS parameters and service categories. QOS classes. Network Management: Network Management protocol; SNMP, CMIP, Issues in the management of large networks. Multicast: IGMP, PIM, DVMRP.Concept of Traffic and service. Traffic and service characteristics of voice and video data. ATM Traffic descriptors and QOS parameters. Elements of ATM Traffic management-Traffic contracting, policing and shaping. Total
2
3
4
5
Total Contact Hrs. 6
8
7
8
6
35
Reference Book: 1. Charle Kaufman, Radia Perlman, Mike Specines, Uyless Black 'Computer Networks: Protocols Standards and Interfaces ' PHI. 2. K.C. Mansfield,J.L. Antonakos ' An introduction to computer networking' PHI. 3. Network Systems Design using Network Processor, Douglas Comer, Pearson Education, ISBN 81-7808-994-7 4 IXP 1200 programming, Erik J. Johnson and Aaron Kunze, Intel Press. 5. Stallings: Data communication and Networking EC508 SYNTHESIS OF DIGITAL SYSTEM
C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)
UNIT
Course Contents
1
ROLE OF CAD IN DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN, levels of design and description such as behavioral, structural and physical; TECHNOLOGICAL ALTERNATIVES; languages for design description and modeling at various levels; SRAM and DRAM CELL DESIGN: Basic Cell Structures, modeling and design Equations. CAD TOOLS FOR SYNTHESIS,OPTIMIZATION, simulation and verification of design at various levels as well as for PLAs, gate arrays etc. SPECIAL REALIZATIONS and STRUCTURES such as microprogrammes Total
II III IV V
Total Contact Hrs. 7 7 7 7 7 35
Reference Books: 1. G. D. Micheli. Synthesis and optimization of digital systems. 2. Dutt, N. D. and Gajski, D. D. High level synthesis, Kluwer, 2000. 3. T. H. Cormen, C. E. Leiserson and R. L. Rivest, “Introduction to Algorithms,” McGraw-Hill, 1990. 4. N. Deo, Graph Theory, PH India. EC 509 TESTING AND FAULT TOLERANCE
C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)
UNIT
Course Contents
1
PHYSICAL FAULTS and THEIR MODELING; Stuck at Faults, Bridging Faults; Fault collapsing; Fault Simulation: Deductive, Parallel, and Concurrent Fault Simulation. Critical Path Tracing; ATPG FOR COMBINATIONAL CIRCUITS: D-Algorithm, Boolean Differences, PODEM Random, Deterministic and Weighted Random Test Pattern Generation; Aliasing and its effect on Fault Coverage. PLA Testing, Cross Point Fault Model and Test Generation. MEMORY TESTING Permanent Intermittent and Pattern Sensitive Faults, Marching Tests; Delay Faults. ATPG for Sequential Circuits: Time Frame Expansion ; Controllability and Observability Scan Design, BILBO , Boundary Scan for Board Level Testing ; BIST and TOTALLY SELF CHECKING CIRCUITS. System Level Diagnosis: Introduction; Concept of Redundancy, Spatial Redundancy, Time Redundancy, Error Correction Codes. RECONFIGURATION TECHNIQUES; Yield Modeling, Reliability and effective area utilization.
II
III
IV V
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Total Contact Hrs. 7 7
7
7 7
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
45
35
Total Reference Books:
1. Abramovici, M., Breuer, M. A. and Friedman, A. D. Digital systems testing and testable design. IEEE press (Indian edition available through Jayco Publishing house), 2001. 2. Bushnell and Agarwal, V. D. VLSI Testing. Kluwer. 3. Agarwal, V. D. and Seth, S. C. Test generation for VLSI chips. IEEE computer society press. 4. Hurst, S. L. VLSi testing: Digital and mixed analog/digital techniques. INSPEC/IEE, 1999. EC510 ISSUES IN DEEP SUB-MICRON CMOS IC DESIGN
C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)
UNIT
Course Contents
1
Introduction to concept of design, design methodologies, semi-custom and custom design approaches. Data path and control design. Elements of device and circuit simulation, logic simulation. Stick diagram and representation layout of ICs, lambda based design rules. Deep submicron interconnects modeling and synthesis. Topics in design-yield and redundancy, low power design techniques.
II III
IV
V
Total Contact Hrs. 7
7 7
7
7 35
Total Reference Books: Raguram, R. Modeling and Simulation of Electronic circuits. PHIndia, 1996. Weste and Eshraghian. Principles of CMOS VLSI design. Addison Wesley, 1998. Kang, S. M. and Leblebici, Y. CMOS Digital Integrated Circuits: Analysis and Design. Mc Graw Hill, 2000. Chandrakasan, A. P. Low-power design methodologies. IEEE Press, 1998. A.Mukherji. Introduction to NMOS and CMOS VLSI system design. Prentice Hall Inc., 1986 EC 511 MEMORY DESIGN AND TESTING
C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)
UNIT
Course Contents
1 II
Review of MOS Structure, Scaled Down MOSFET and CMOS Processing. Processing for Memories: Multipoly Floating Gate and Control Gate, Trench Capacitors and thin Oxide. Inverter Design: Choice of W/L and Noise Margin Calculation, Cascode and Differential Inverters. SRAM and DRAM Cell Design: Basic Cell Structures, modeling and design Equations. Sense Amplifiers: Necessity for Sense Amplifiers, Voltage and Current Sense Amplifiers, Reference Voltage Generation, Influence of Sense Amplifier on cell Architecture. Peripheral Circuits. Memory Testing: Modeling, Introduction to Functional Testing and Built in SelfTest. Total
III IV V
Total Contact Hrs. 7 7
7 7 7 35
Reference Books: 1.Sung-Mo Kang and Yusuf Leblebici, CMOS Digital Integrated Circuits Analysis and Design, McGraw-Hill, 1998. 2. A.Mukherji, Introduction to nMOS and CMOS VLSI system design, Prentice Hall Inc 3. Glasser and Dobberpuhl, Design and analysis of VLSI circuits, Addison Wesley, 1985. EC 512 ADVANCED IC TECHNOLOGY UNIT 1 II III
IV V
C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)
Course Contents INTRODUCTION: Tools for technological processing in microelectronics. Survey of methods for analysis of microelectronic materials and devices. CLASSIFICATION OF DIFFERENT TOOLS for bulk, surface and thin film characterization. FABRICATION OF NANOSCALE and SUBMICRON STRUCTURES: Physical and chemical techniques for nanomaterial synthesis, Assembling and self organization of nanostructures, Nanoscale manipulation, Nanotube and wire formation, Importance of size distribution control, size measurement and size selection. Fabrication of hetrostructure in submicron and quantum level for microelectronic and optical applications Total
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Total Contact Hrs. 7 7 7
7 7 35
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
46
Reference Books: AB Glaser, GE Subak-Sharpe, Integrated circuit engineering, Reading MA, Addison Wesley 1977 D. Nagchoudhuri, Principles of Microelectronic Technology, Wheeler Publishing, 1998. Stephen A. Campbell, The Science and Engineering of Microelectronic Fabrication, Oxford University Press, 1996. Hong Xiao, Introduction to Semiconductor Manufacturing, Prentice Hall, 2001. SK Gandhi, VLSI fabrication principles, John Wiley 1983. S. M. Sze, VLSI Technology, McGRAW-HILL, 1988. EC513 WIRELESS DIGITAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEM C(L,T,P) =3 (3,0,0) [ UNIT Course Contents 1 Principles of data transmission: Characterization of communication signals, signal space representation, equalization, II Binary communication systems (ASK. PSK, FSK, QPSK, QAM and M-ary modulation techniques and their representation. III Coherent and non coherent detection, carrier and symbol synchronization, bits vs symbol error probability, bandwidth efficiency.) , SNR error rates, comparison of various system, carrier and clock synchronization, Based pulsed Transmission, Nyquist criterion, Partial response signaling, Channel characterization, Effect of Inter symbol Interference, Equalization, Linear Equalization and decision feedback equalization. IV Spread Spectrum signals, synchronization of spread spectrum signals, Spread spectrum modulation: Pseudo noise sequences, Generaton of PN sequence Frequency hopped spread spectrum signals, DS and FH spread spectrum, Direct sequence spread spectrum signsls and their applications, V Basics of CDMA, Applications of CDMA to cellular communication systems, Second and third generation CDMA systems/ standards. Multicarrier CDMA, Synchronization and demodulation .Diversity techniques and rake receiver. Total
Total Contact Hrs. 7 7 7
7
7
35
Reference Books: 1. H.Taub and D.L. Schilling-'Principles of Communication Systems', Tata Mc-Graw Hill. 2. G.Kennedy-'Electronic Communication Systems:, John Wiely and Sons. 3. Simon Haykin-'communication Systems'. John Wiely and Sons. 4. B.P. Lathi-'Communication Systems:, John Wiley. 5. Louch-Digital and analog Communication, Pearson Education. 6. Tomasi-Electronic Communication. Pearson Education 7. Proakis-'Digital Communication' Tata Mc-Graw Hill. 8. Sklar-'Digital Communication' Pearson Education. 9. P. Chakarbarti-'Principles of Digital Communication' Danpatrai and Sons. EC 514 ANTENNA THEORY AND TECHNIQUES UNIT 1 II
III
IV
V
C(L,T,P) =3 (3,0,0)
Course Contents Review of the theory of electromagnetic radiation. Introduction to various antenna types wire, loop and helical antennas, analysis using assumed current distribution. Aperture antennas: slot, wave guide, horn, and reflector antennas. Analysis using field equivalence principle and Fourier transform methods. Linear arrays. Traveling wave and broadband antennas. Antenna measurements. Printed antennas: Feeding methods, transmission line and cavity models, analysis and design of rectangular and circular microstrip antenna. Arrays: pattern synthesis, planar arrays, phased arrays, Phased Array Antenna Design , Active antennas and arrays, Paraboloidal reflector antenna, different feed configurations, shaped beam antennas, lens antenna. Microstrip Lines: Introduction; Overview of strip transmission lines; methods of microstrip analysis; dispersion on microstrip line; planar waveguide model; microstrip discontinuities, junctions and associated circuit elements; microstrip loss; technology. Antennas for biomedical, mobile and infrared detectors. Total
Total Contact Hrs. 7 7
7
7
7 35
Reference Books: 1. Practical Microstrip Design and Applications: Gunter Kompa; Artech House.
EC 515 MOBILE AND CELLULAR COMMUNICATION UNIT 1
II
C(L,T,P) =3 (3,0,0)
Course Contents Introduction: Components of Mobile Communication systems, Operation of cellular system, Trunking Efficiency, Concept of Frequency reuse, Multipath propagation, Short term and Long term fading, Frequency selective fading, Signal Propagation Models. Co-Channel Interference, Techniques for reducing Co-Channel Interference, Diversity Techniques, Other Interferences-Adjacent Channel Interference, Near End Far End Interference, Cross talk, Interference between systems, Hand off Techniques, Antennas for Base Station and Mobile Units
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Total Contact Hrs. 7
7
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
47
III
Analog cellular Mobile System: Channel structures, RF power level, Modulation, Spectrum and channel Designation, Network control activity, System operation , Principal functions, Mobile scanning, registration, Call origination, Call receipt, Handoff, call termination, security and Identification, Supervisory Audio Tone (SAT) Signalling Tone (ST), Signalling Format. Digital Cellular Mobile Systems: Digital v/s Analog cellular systems, Modulation, ARQ Technique, Digital Speech coding, Digital Mobile Telephony, channel Equalization, Multiple Access SchemesFDMA, TDMA, CDMA. Introduction to Analog and Digial MARR, WLL system, 3-G Systems, Mobile Computing. Example systems: AMPS, MATS-D, CD-900, GSM, Toatl
IV
V
7
7
7 35
Reference Books: Mobile and Cellular Telecommunication by W.C.Y Lee. McGrawhill Wireless Communications by T. S Rappaport, IEEE Press Wireless and Mobile Communication Systems by D.P Agarwal and Qing Anzen, Thomson Press
EC516
INFORMATION THEORY, CODING AND COMMUNICATION THEORY
UNIT 1
C(L,T,P) =3 (3,0,0)
Course Contents Concept of Information and Entropy, Shanon’s theorms, Channel capacity Self information, Shannon’s fundamental coding theorems, Differential entropy and mutual information for discrete and continuous ensembles, Discrete and Continuous entropy, Mutual and joint information, Redundancy, source coding, Source encoding andchannel encoding, Error detection and Correction, Various codes for channel coding, Rate distortion theory, Rate Distortion functions.. Error Control coding for wireless fading channels, Channel Estimation and Adaptive channel coding, Joint Source and Channel coding. Introduction to Algebra: Groups, fields, Binary field arithmetic, Basic properties of Galois field GF (2m) and vector spaces. Channel coding and decoding: Run length limited codes, Linear block codes LBC, systematic linear codes and optimum coding for Binary symmetric channel, cyclic code, BCH code, MDS codes, BCH codes , generalized BCH codes,. Convolution code: Coding and Decoding, Distance bounds, Performance bounds, Trellis coded modulation, TCM Decoders, TCM for AWGN and Fading Wireless Channels, Performance comparison, Reed-Solomon code. The Generator and parity check matrices, Syndrome decoding and Symmetric channels, Hamming codes, Weight enumerator, Perfect codes, Idempotent andMattson Solomon polynomials, justeen codes, Viterbi decoding algorithm. Performance of linear block codes andconvolution codes, code incurable error probability Upper and lower bounds Non binary Linear Block Codes, Hard and soft decision decoding, Coding and Decoding of BCH, Reed Solomon Codes, Turbo codes: Coding, Decoding Algorithms, Performance comparison , Interleaver design Toatl
II III
IV
V
Total Contact Hrs. 7
7 7
7
7
35
Reference Books: 1. Blahut R.E., Theory and practice of error control codes, AWL1983. 2. J.G.Proakis; Digital Communication 3. Ranjan Bose; Information Theory Coding and Cryptography, TMH 4. Stephen G. Wilson; Digital Modulation and Coding, Prentice Hall Inc. EC517 MOBILE COMPUTING UNIT 1
II
III
IV
V
C(L,T,P) =3 (3,0,0)
Contents of the Subject
Total Contact Hrs
Introduction Computing Paradigms – Mobile Computing – Pervasive Computing – Distributed Computing – Centralized Computing – Network Computing – Types of Wireless Networks – Wireless Communication Technology – Signal Encoding – Spread Spectrum Technology – LOS Tower Design. Wireless Networking System Cellular Networks – 2G , 3G. CDMA and GSM. Satellite System – Broadcast System – Cordless System – Wireless Local Loop – MPLS. Wlan Standards Wireless LAN Technology – Architecture and Standards – Hyper LAN – Blue Tooth Architecture – Wideband Wireless Local Access – Wireless ATM, PAN Network Issues Adhoc Network – Characteristics – Performance Issues – Routing Protocols in Mobile and Wireless Networks – Table Driven Routing, On-Demand Routing Protocols – Mobile IP – DHCP – Mobile TCP. Application Issues Concepts for working with wireless applications. WAP – WML. Mobile Database – Content Management. Wireless Network Simulators – Case Study.
Syllabus ECE2012-13
7
7
7
7
7
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
48
Total
35
Reference Books: 1. Anna Hac, Mobile Telecommunication Protocols for Data Networks, 2003, John Wiley and Son, Ltd 2. Jochen Schille, Mobile Communications, 2003, Pearson Education Asia 3. William Stalling, Wireless Communication and Networking, 2002, Pearson Education Asia 4. Mark Beaulieu, Wireless Internetworking Applications and Architecture, 2002, Addison Wesley, Newyork 5. John R. Vacca, Wireless Broadband Networks Handbook, 2001,Tata McGraw Hill Publication Co. Ltd, New Delhi 6. Kaveh Pahlavan and Krishnamoorthy, P., Principles of Wireless Networks, 2002., Pearson Education
EC 518 TELECOMMUNICATION SWITCHING and NETWORK MANAGEMENT C(L,T,P) =3 (3,0,0) UNIT 1
II III
IV
V
Course Contents Circuit and Packet Switching: Switching Networks, Circuit Switching Networks, Circuit Switching Concepts, Routing in Circuit Switching Networks , Control Signalling, Packet Switching Principles, Routing, X.25 ATM and Frame Relay: Protocol Architecture, ATM Logical Connections, ATM Cells, Transmission of ATM Cells, ATM Service Categories, Adaptation Layer, Frame Relay Congestion Control in Data Networks: Effcets of Congestion, Congestion Control, Traffic management, Congestion Control in Packet Switching Networks, ATM traffic management, ATM-ABR Traffic Management, Frame Relay Congestion Control LAN Technology and Systems: LAN Appluications, Architechture, Bus LANs, Ring LANs, Star LANs, Wireless LANs, Bridges, Ethernet (CSMA/CD), Token Ring and FDDI, ATM LANs, Fiber Channel, Internetworking: Principles, Connectionless Internetworking, Internetwork Operations and Transport Protcols Total
Total Contact Hrs. 7
7 7
7
7 35
References Books: 1. W. Stalling, Data and Computer Communications, 6e, Pearson Education 2. W. Stalling, Wireless Communications and Network, 2e, Pearson/PHI Education EC 519 DESIGN OF MICS and MMICS UNIT 1
II III
IV V
C(L,T,P) =3 (3,0,0)
Course Contents Review of fundamentals of electronic conduction in compound semiconductors. Study of semiconductors like GaAs, InP. Fundamentals of band gap engineering. New materials and their growth techniques. Dielectric material and their properties, thick film and thin film techniques, loss tangent, effective dielectric constant. Effect of dielectric height, metal thickness, width and freq. on dielectric constant. Two and three terminal devices for MIC and MMIC applications. Study of MESFET and HEMT performance analysis and biasing arrangements. Review of planar transmission lines, their applications as distributed components. Device and circuit integration techniques, multi-layered structures, probing and coupling techniques, bonding techniques. Methods of measurements and testing of MIC and MMIC. Intr. to scalar and network measurements, full nonlinear, harmonic and noise characterization Applications of MIC and MMIC as, passive components, switches, mixers, oscillators, amplifiers. Intro. to Quasi-optical systems. Total
Total Contact Hrs. 7
7 7
7 7 35
Reference Books: 1. Microwave Material and fabrication techniques by Laverghetta, Artech House 2. Microstrip Line and Slot Lines, KC Gupta, R garg, I Bahl, P Bhartia, Artech House 3. The RF and Microwave Circuit design Cookbook, SA Mass, Artech House 4. Computer Aided Analysis of Nonlinear Microwave Circuits, Paulo JC Rodrigues, Artech Hous EC 520 MICROELECTRONIC DEVICES AND CIRCUITS UNIT 1
II III IV V
C(L,T,P) =3 (3,0,0)
Contents of the Subject Brief recapitulation- band theory, FD statistics, recombination effects and bipolar junction devices. MOS devices-MOS capacitance, interface effects and characterization. MOSFET principles and characteristics, subthreshold region. Various MOS structures-VMOS, DMOS etc. Parasitic effects in MOSFET and bipolar circuits. CCDs. High frequency devices-metal semiconductor contacts. MESFETS. Hetero-junction devices-HEMTs, HBTs. Device modeling: Bipolar devices-Gummel –Poon model and RC Distributed model. MOS device modeling-long channel effects short channel structures scaled down device models, subthreshold conduction. Total
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Total Contact Hrs 7
7 7 7 7 35
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
49
Reference Books: 1. S.M.Sze, Physics of semiconductor devices, Wiley Eastern, 1981. 2. D. Nagchoudhuri, Microelectronic Devices, Pearson Education India. 3. Y.P.Tsividis, Operation and modeling of MOS transistor, McGraw-Hill, 1987. 4. M.S. Tyagi, Introduction to Semiconductor material and devices, John 5. Antognetti and Massobrio, Device modeling with SPICE, McGraw-Hill. 6. Clifton G. Fonstad, Microelectronic devices and Circuits, McGraw-Hill 7. Edward S.Yang, Microelectronic devices, McGraw-Hill. 8. Streetman, Solid State Electronic Devices, PHI. EC 522 MICROSTRIP ANTENNAS FOR WIRELESS SYSTEMS UNIT
C(L,T,P) =3 (3,0,0)
Contents of the Subject
1
Total Contact Hrs
Microstrip radiators, printed dipole, slot, traveling wave, aperture coupled microstrip antennas, various microstrip antenna configurations Rectangular, Circular disk, ring, Triangular patch antennas and their design. Feed networks for microstrip antennas and arrays. Analytical models for microstrip antennas. Transmission line model, Cavity Model, Multiport Network Model, Model for Coaxial probe in microstrip antenna. Full wave analysis of microstrip antennas Active and smart microstrip antennas,. Design and analysis of microstrip antenna arrays Total
II III IV V
7 7 7 7 7 35
Reference Books: 1. Microstrip Antenna design Handbook by R. Garg, P. Bharhia, I. Bahl, and A. Ittipiboo Pub. Artech House. 2. Microstrip Antennas: Theory and Design by J. R. James, P.S. Hall and C. wood Pub. Peter Peregrinns , UK 3. Microstrip antennas for wireless application Artech House EC 551 DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN LAB S. No.
List of Experiments PART-I: Design, implement and experiment with digital system, this will include ASIC design, FPGA based design. design of relevant hardware and software for microcontroller ,processor and DSP based embedded system. PART-II: Custom design and simulation of different higher level analog and digital circuits using advance EDA tools like Tanner Spice S-edit and L- edit
1-6
7-12.
EC 552 MODELING AND SIMULATION LAB UNIT 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
PART 1 II III IV
C(L,T,P) =1(0,0,2)
CONTENTS OF THE SUBJECT EXPERIMENTS USING TMS320C6XXX DSP KITS FIR Digital Filter Design IIR Digital Filter Design FFT of a given signal Plot PSD/Power Spectrum of a signal Discrete Cosine Transform Adaptive Filter Design using Standard LMS Algorithm Speech analysis using L.P.C.
EC 553 COMMUNICAITON SYSTEM LAB
C(L,T,P) =1(0,0,2)
Contents of the Subject PCM and LINK ANALYSIS Link establishment, Noise on PCM link, Error detection, BER calculation, Error correction, TDM. DIGITAL MODULATION and KEYING ASK, FSK, PSK, QPSK Modulation and Demodulation. CDMA - DSSS Modulation, Demodulation and BER measurement SIMULATION IN MATLAB ENVIRONMENT BPSK, QPSK, FSK Modulation and Demodulation. BER calculation.
EC 601 EMBEDDED SYSTEM DESIGN UNIT 1
C(L,T,P) =1(0,0,2)
C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)
Course Contents EMBEDDED COMPUTING- Microprocessors, embedded design process, system description
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Total Contact Hrs. 7
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
50
formalisms. Instruction sets- CISC and RISC; CPU fundamentals- programming I/Os, co-processors, supervisor mode, exceptions, memory management units and address translation, pipelining, super scalar execution, caching, CPU power consumption. EMBEDDED COMPUTING PLATFORM- CPU bus, memory devices, I/O devices, interfacing, designing with microprocessors, debugging techniques., Program design and analysis- models of program, assembly and linking, compilation techniques, analysis and optimization of execution time, energy, power and size. PROCESSES and OPERATING SYSTEMS- multiple tasks and multiple processes, context switching, scheduling policies, inter-process communication mechanisms. HARDWARE ACCELERATORS- CPUs and accelerators, accelerator system design., Networksdistributed embedded architectures, networks for embedded systems, network-based design, Internetenabled systems. SYSTEM DESIGN TECHNIQUES- design methodologies, requirements analysis, system analysis and architecture design, quality assurance. Total
II
III IV
V
7
7 7
7 35
Reference Books: 1.
Wolf, W. Computers as components- Principles of embedded computing system design. Academic Press (Indian edition available from Harcourt India Pvt. Ltd., 27M Block market, Greater Kailash II, New Delhi-110 048.)
EC 603RECONFIGURABLE COMPUTING UNIT 1
II
III
IV V
C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)
Course Contents Evolution of programmable devices: Introduction to and-OR structured Programmable Logic Devices PROM, PLA, PAL and MPGAs; Combinational and sequential circuit realization using PROM based Programmable Logic Element (PLE); Architecture of FPAD, FPLA, FPLS and FPID devices. FPGA Technology: FPGA resources - Logic Blocks and Interconnection Resources; Economics and applications of FPGAs; Implementation Process for FPGAs Programming Technologies – Static RAM Programming, Anti Fuse Programming, EPROM and EEPROM Programming Technology; Commercially available FPGAs - Xilinx FPGAs, Altera FPGAs; FPGA Design Flow Example – Initial Design Entry, Translation to XNF Format, Partitioning, Place and Route, Performance Calculation and Design Verification. Technology Mapping for FPGAs: Logic Synthesis - Logic Optimization and Technology Mapping; Lookup Table Technology Mapping - Chortle-crf Technology Mapper, Chortle-d Technology Mapper, Lookup Table Technology Mapping in mis-pga, Lookup Table Technology Mapping in Asyl and Hydra Technology Mapper; Multiplexer Technology Mapping - Multiplexer Technology Mapping in mis-pga. Logic Block Architecture: Logic Block Functionality versus Area-Efficiency - Logic Block Selection, Experimental Procedure, Logic Block Area and Routing Model and Results. Routing for FPGAs: Routing Terminology; Strategy for routing in FPGAs; Routing for Row-Based FPGAs - Segmented channel routing, 1-channel routing algorithm, K – channel routing algorithm and results. Total
Total Contact Hrs. 7
7
7
7 7
35
Reference Books: 1. FPGA Based System Design by Wayne Wolf published by Pearson Education 2. Digital System Design Using Programmable Logic Devices by Parag K Lala published by BS publications 3. Field-Programmable Gate Arrays by Stephen Brown published by Kluwer Academic Publishers EC 605 MICRO-ELECTRONICS UNIT 1
II
III
C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)
Course Contents INTRODUCTION TO VLSI, circuits Asics and Moore's Law. Microelectronic Design, Styles, four phases in creating Microelectronics chips computer Aided Synthesis and Optimization. Algorithms Review of Graph Definitions and Notations Decision and Optimization Problems, Shortest and Longest Path Problems, Vertex Cover, Graph, Coloring, Clique covering and partitioning Algorithms Boolean Algebra and Representation of Boolean Functions, binary Decision diagrams. Satisfiability and cover problems. HARDWARE MODELING: Introduction to Hardware Modeling Language, State Diagrams. Data flow and Sequencing Graphs. Compilation and Behavioral Optimization Techniques. Circuits Specifications for Architectural Synthesis Resources and constraints. Fundamental Architectural Synthesis Problems Temporal Domain Scheduling Spatial Domain Binding Hierarchical Models and Synchronization Problem. Area and performance estimation-Resource Dominated circuits and General Circuits. SCHEDULING ALGORITHMS: Model for Scheduling Problems, Scheduling without Resource, Constraints-Unconstrained Scheduling ASAP Scheduling Algorithms Latency. Constrained Scheduling. ALAP scheduling. Under Timing Constraints and Relative Scheduling with Resource Constraints Integer Linear Programming Model, Multiprocessor Scheduling, Heuristic Scheduling Algorithms (List
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Total Contact Hrs. 7
7
7
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
51
Scheduling). Force Directed Scheduling. TWO LEVEL COMBINATION LOGIC OPTIMIZATION: Logic Optimization PrinciplesDefinitions, Exact Logic Minimization, Heuristic, Logic Minimization, and Testability Properties Operations on Two level logic Cover-positional Cube Notation, Functions with Multivolume inputs and list oriented manipulation. Algorithms for logic minimization. INTRODUCTION TO VHDL: VHDL History and capabilities program Structure of VHDL Entity, Architecture and package Declarations. Basic Language Elements, Identifier, Data objects, Data Types and Operator Behavioral Modelingprocess variable Assignment, Signal Assignment and Wait Statements. Assertion Loop, if, case and next Statement Block and concurrent Assertion statements structural specifications of Hardware-inverter, Nand Gate Models, Comparator and Test Bench Modeling. Total
IV
V
7
7
35
Reference Books: 1. G. D. Micheli. Synthesis and Optimization of Digital Systems. 2. Dutt, N. D. and Gajski, D. D. High level synthesis, Kluwer, 2000. 3. T. H. Cormen, C. E. Leiserson and R. L. Rivest, “Introduction to Algorithms,” McGraw-Hill, 1990. 4. J Bhaskar: VHDL Design, 5. Nawabi: VHDL Design, EC 607 COMBINATORIAL OPTIMIZATION UNIT 1
II
III
IV V
C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)
Course Contents Optmization problem- Convex sets and functions. The SIMPLEX algorithm- forms of linear programming problem, geometry of LP, Organization of Tableau. Computational considerations for simplex algorithm Duality- dual of LP, Dual simplex problem. Primal-dual algorithm. Algorithms and complexity- shortest path, max-flow, Dijkshtra’s algorithm, min-cost flow, algorithm for graph search and matching; Spanning trees and matroids;. Integer Linear programming, Greedy algorithm, approximation algorithms; branch-and-bound; dynamic programming
Total Contact Hrs. 7
7
7
7 7 35
Total Reference Books: Papadimitriou and Steiglitz, Combinatorial optimization, PH India, 2001. Nemhauser and Wolsey, Integer and Combinatorial optimization, Wiley International EC 609 SATELLITE COMMUNICAITON
C(L,T,P) =3 (3,0,0)
Contents of the Subject
1 II III IV
Total Contact Hrs
Introduction:, Orbital mechanics and launching, satellite Channel Earth station and satellite sub systems, Transponder and utilization, Satellite link: design and analysis, multiplexing techniques, Earth station design and relay links, Multiple accesses for satellite links: FDMA, TDMA CDMA and DAMA, propagation effects, DBS-TV, GPS. VSAT: Network architecture access control protocol and link analysis, Lower Earth Orbit satellites Total
V
7 7 7 7 7 35
Reference Books : 1. Satellite communication by Robert M. Gagliardi 2. Satellite communication by prett 3. Satellite communication by D.C. Agrawa EC 611 WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORKS UNIT 1 II
C(L,T,P) =3 (3,0,0)
Contents of the Subject
Total Contact Hrs
WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORKS: Introduction, Smart environments, the physical layer in WSN, WSN medium access control and link layer protocols COMMUNICATION NETWORKS: Network architecture, Network Topology, Communication Protocols and Routing, Power Management, Network Structure and Hierarchical Networks, Historical Development and Standards
Syllabus ECE2012-13
7 7
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
52
III
SMART SENSORS: IEEE 1451 and Smart Sensors, Transducers and Physical Transduction Principles, Sensors for Smart Environments, Commercially Available Wireless Sensor Systems, WSN SERVICES: Self-Organization and Localization, topology control and routing, ISBN 0-13-147023-X, Pearson 2004 8. William Stallings, “Wireless Communications and Networks”, ISBN: 0131918354, Prentice Hall; 2nd edition, November 12, 2004. EC 613 ADVANCED OPTICAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS UNIT 1
II III IV V
C(L,T,P) =3 (3,0,0)
Course Contents Optoelectronic Sources: Introduction, Fundamental Aspects of Semiconductor physics, The p-n junction, Current Densities and Injection Efficiency, Injection Luminescence and the Light Emitting Diode, The Hetero-junction, Optoelectronic Detectors: Introduction, Principle of Optoelctronic Detection, Types of Photodiodes, Photoconducting Detectors, Noise Considerations Optoelectronic Modulators: Introduction, Electro-optic Modulators, Acousto Optic Modulators, Application areas of Optoelectronic Modulators, Optical Amplifiers: Introduction, Semiconductor Optical Amplifiers, Erbium Doped Fiber Amplifiers, Application areas of Optical Amplifiers WDM: Introduction, Concepts of WDM and DWDM, Passive Components and Active Components FIBER OPTIC SENSORS: Introduction, Classification of Fiber Optic Sensors: Intensity modulated, phase modulated and spectrally modulated sensors, Distributed Fiber Optic Sensors, Fiber Optic Smart Structures, Industrial Applications of Fiber Optic Sensors Total
Total Contact Hrs. 7
7 7 7 7
35
Reference Books: 1. Fiber Optics and Optoelectronics by RP Khare, Oxford Univ, Press, 2004 2. Fundamentals of Fiber Optics in Teleecommication and Sensor Systems by Bishnu P. Pal, New Age International, 1992 EC 615 MICRO-ELECTRO-MECHANICAL-SYSTEMS (MEMS) UNIT 1 II III IV V
C(L,T,P) =3 (3,0,0)
Contents of the Subject
Total Contact Hrs
Micro electro mechanical system (MEMS) origins. MEMS impetus/ motivation. Material for MEMS. The toolbox: processes for micro machining. MEMS fabrication technologies. Fundamentals MEMS device physics: Actuation. Fundamental MEMS devices: The cantilever beam. Microwave MEMS applications: MEM switch design considerations. The micro-machined transmission line. MEMS-based microwave circuit and system. Total
7 7 7 7 7 35
Reference Books: 1. Microelectromechanical (MEM) Microwave Systems by Hector J.De Los Santos, Artechhouse 2. An Introduction to Microelectromechanical System by Nadim Maluf, Artechhouse EC 653 VLSI DESIGN LAB S. No. 1-6
7-12.
C(L,T,P) =1(0,0,2)
List of Experiments PART-I: Draw the Layout; do circuit partitioning, placement and routing, circuit compaction, check DRC, Circuit extraction and finally post layout simulation for different combinational and sequential circuits. PART-II: Use the feature of automation test program generation, multilevel logic synthesis for design smaller application chips like multi bit parallel adder priority encoder, general purpose register, ALU, microcontroller/ dsp processor/ traffic light controller /sequential adder etc.
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
53
MA 201
Integral Transforms and Complex Analysis
C(L,T,P) =4(3,1,0)
Unit
Course Contents
1
BOUNDARY VALUE PROBLEMS: – Method of sepeartion of variables in the solution of Boundary VALUE Problems (Wave equation, Diffusion and Laplace equation) LAPLACE TRANSFORM - Laplace transform with its simple properties, applications to the solution of ordinary and partial differential equations having constant co-efficients with special reference to the wave and diffusion equations. FOURIER TRANSFORM - Complex form of Fourier Transform and its inverse, Fourier sine and cosine transform and their inversion. Applications of Fourier Transform to solution of partial differential equations having constant co-efficient with special reference to heat equation and wave equation. COMPLEX VARIABLES - Analytic functions, Cauchy-Riemann equations, Elementary conformal mapping with simple applications, Line integral in complex domain, Cauchy;s theorem. Cauchy’s integral formula COMPLEX VARIABLES -Taylor’s series Laurent’s series poles, Residues, Evaluation of simple definite real integrals using the theorem of residues. Simple contour integration Total
II
III
IV V
Total Contact Hrs. 7 7
7
7 7 35
Reference Books Advanced Mathematics for Engineers by Chandrika Prasad Higher Engineering Mathematics by BS Grewal Higher Engineering Mathematics by YN Gaur Higher Engineering Mathematics by KC Jain MA 202
Numerical Analysis and Statistics
C(L,T,P) =4(3,1,0)
Unit
Course Contents
1
NUMERICAL ANALYSIS - Finite differences – Forward, Backward and Central differences. Newton’s forward and backward differences, interpolation formulae. Stirling’s formula, Lagrange’s interpolation formula. NUMERICAL ANALYSIS- Integration-Trapezoidal rule, Simpson’s one third and three-eighth rules. Numerical solution of ordinary differential equations of first order - Picard’s mathod, Euler’s and modified Euler’s methods, Miline’s method and Runga-Kutta fourth order method.,Differentiation SPECIAL FUNCTIONS – Bessel’s functions of first and second kind, simple recurrence relations, orthogonal property of Bessel’s , Transformation, Generating functions, Legendre’s function of first kind. Simple recurrence relations, Orthogonal property, Generating function. STATISTICS and PROBABILITY - Elementary theory of probability, Baye’s theorem with simple applications, Expected value, theoretical probability distributions-Binomial, Poisson and Normal distributions. Lines of regression, co-relation and rank correlation. CALCULUS OF VARIATIONS - Functional, strong and weak variations simple variation problems, the Euler’s equation. Total
II
III
IV
V
Total Contact Hrs. 7 7
7
7
7 35
Reference Books: Advanced Mathematics for Engineers by Chandrika Prasad Higher Engineering Mathematics by YN Gaur Higher Engineering Mathematics by KC Jain MA 301
COMPUTER ORIENTED MATHEMATICAL METHODS
C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)
Unit
Course Contents
1
MATRIX COMPUTATION: Algebra of matrix, Inverse of a matrix, Rank of a matrix, Matrix inversion by Gauss elimination, Computer programs for matrix inversion. SOLUTION OF LINEAR EQUATIONS: Cramer’s rule, Gauss elimination, Gauss Jordan elimination and Gauss Seidal iterative method and their implementation in C. SOLUTION OF NON-LINEAR EQUATIONS: Interval bisection method, Secant method, Regula- Falsi method, Curve fitting, Method of least squares and their implementation in C. SOLUTION OF DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS: Euler’s method, Modified Euler’s method, Runge Kutta method of fourth order, Solution of partial differential equation with special reference to heat equation, Laplace equation and wave equation Milne’s and their implementation in C. STATISTICAL METHODS: Curve fitting methods – method of least squares, fitting a straight line, parabola. Correlation and Linear regression. Total
II III IV
V
Total Contact Hrs. 7 7 7 7
7 35
Reference Books: V.Rajaraman-Computer Oriented Numerical Methods, Prentice Hall of India. B.S. Grewal-Higher Engineering Mathematics Syllabus ECE2012-13
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
54
J.L. Bansal-Numerical Analysis Balasubramanyam-Numerical Methods. E.V. Krishnamurthy-Numerical Methods. Gaur and Kaul-Higher Engineering Mathematics.
CP 201: DATA STRUCTURES and ALGORITHMS Unit
C(L,T,P) = 3(3,0,0)
Contents of the Course
Total Contact Hrs.
Data Structure: Definition, Implementation, Operation, Application, Algorithm writing and convention. Analysis of algorithm, Complexity Measures and Notations Arrays: Representation of arrays (multidimensional), Address calculation using column and row major ordering. Linked Lists : Implementation, Doubly linked list, Circular linked list, unrolled linked list, skip-lists, Splices, Sentinel nodes, Application (Sparse Matrix, Associative Array, Functional Programming) Stacks : Definition, Implementation, Application (Tower of Hanoi, Function Call and return, Parentheses Matching, Back-tracking, Expression Evaluation) Queues : Definition, deque, enque, priority queue, bounded queue, Implementation, Application Tree: Definition of elements, Binary trees: Types (Full, Complete, Almost complete), Binary Search Tree, Traversal (Pre, In, Post and Level order) Pruning, Grafting. Application: Arithmetic Expressions Evaluation Variations: Indexed Binary Tree Threaded Binary Tree, AVL tree, Multi-way trees, B tree, B+ tree, Forest, Trie and Dictionary
I
II
III
Graphs: Elementary definition, Representation (Adjacency Matrix, Adjacency Lists) Traversal (BFS, DFS)Application: Spanning Tree (Prim and Kruskal Algorithm) Dijkstra's algorithm, shortest path algorithms. Sorting: Bubble, Selection, Insertion, Quick, Radix Merge, Bucket, Heap, Searching: Hashing, Symbol Table, Binary Search, Simple String Searching Total
IV V
8
7
7
6 6 31
Reference Books: Aho A.V., J.E.Hopcroft. J.D.Ulman: Data Structures and Algorithms, Addison Wesley. Brastrad: Algorithms, PHI. Horowitz and Sawhni: Algorithms Design and Analysis, CS Press. Kruse R.L.: Data structure and Program Design.PHI. Horwitz and Sawhni: Data structures in PASCAL, BPB. Tanenbaum : Data structures in C,PHI Trembley and Sorenson :An Introduction to Data Structures, Mc-Graw Hill International Baase: Computer Algorithms, Pearson Education. CP 216
OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING
C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)
Unit
Course Contents
1
OOP FUNDAMENTALS:- Fundamentals of Object-Oriented Programming. Java History, Java Features, How Java Differs from C and C++, Simple Java Program, Java Program Structure, Java Virtual Machine, Command Line Arguments. OPERATORS and CONTROL STATEMENTS:- Java Tokens- Constants, Variables and Data Types, Operators and Expressions. Java Statements-Decision Making and Branching and Looping. Jump statements, Labeled Jump. CLASSES and OBJECTS, PACKAGE:- Classes, Objects and Methods. Constructor, Methods Overloading, Inheritance, Abstract Methods and Classes. Keywords-Super and Final. Dynamic Dispatch. Packages-Creating our own package. Methods for Taking I/P s. INTERFACE and MULTITHREADED PROGRAMMING:- Interfaces: Multiple Inheritances. Creating Threads, Extending the Thread Class, Stopping and Blocking a Thread, Life Cycle of a Thread- Using Thread Methods, Thread Exceptions. EXCEPTION HandLING and APPLETS: - Compile Time and Run Time Errors, Exceptions, try-catch blocks, multiple catch statements, Throwing our own Exception, Applet Programming-Applet Life Cycle. Total
II
III
IV
V
Total Contact Hrs. 7
7
7
7
7 35
Reference Books: Folk-File Structre: An Object Oriented Approach to C++, Pearson Education. Patric Naughton: Java 2, Tat Mc-Graw Hill. C Gottfried: Programming in C, Schaum Series, Tata Mc-Grtaw Hill. Balaguruswamy: Object Oriented Programming in C++, Tata Mc-Graw Hill. Booch G: Object Oriented Analysis and Design, Benamin-Commings. Rumbaugh J.Et. al.: Object Oriented Modelling and Design, Prentice Hall of India. Deitel: Java: Haw to Programme, Pearson Education. Kelley: A Book on C, Pearson Education. Syllabus ECE2012-13
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
55
CP 251 Data Structure and Algorithm Lab
C(L,T,P) =1(0,0,2)
1. Program on array searching, sorting (Bubble sort, Quick sort, Marge sort etc.) 2. Program to insert element at desire position, replacing element, deletion in array. 3. Various matrices operations. 4. Various strings programs. 5. Implementation of stack and queue using array 6. Implementation of stack and queue using link lists 7. Implementation of circular queue using link lists. 8. Polynomial addition, multiplication. 9. Two-way link lists programs. 10. Infix to postfix/prefix conversion. 11. BST implementation (addition, deletion, searching). 12. Graph traversal (BFS, DFS). CP 260 S. No.
ADVANCED COMPUTER PROGRAMMING LAB
C(L,T,P) =1(0,0,2)
List of Experiments PART I: Programs in C++ Write a program to perform the complex arithmetic. Write a program to perform the rational number arithmetic. Write a program to perform the matrix operations. (Transpose, addition, subtraction, multiplication, test if a matrix is symmetric/ lower triangular/ upper triangular) Implement Morse code to text conversion and vice-versa. To calculate Greatest Common Divisor of given numbers. To implement tower of Hanoi problem. PARET II: Program in Java To implement spell checker using dictionary. To implement a color selector from a given set of colors. To implement a shape selector from a given set of shapes. By mapping keys to pens of different colors, implement turtle graphics. To implement a calculator with its functionality. To implement a graph and display BFS/DFS order of nodes.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12.
CP 302
COMPUTER SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE
C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)
Unit
Course Contents
1
REGISTER TRANSFER LANGUAGE: Data movement amount registers, Data movement from/to memory, arithmetic and logic micro operations. Concept of bus and timings in register transfer. CPU ORGANISATION: Addressing Modes, Instruction Format, CPU organization with large registers, stacks and handling of interrupts and subroutines Instruction pipelining. ARITHMATIC ALGORITHM: Array multiplier, Booth's algorithm, Adition/Subtraction for sign Magnitude and 2's complement numbers. MICROPROGRAMMED CONTROL Unit: Basic Organization of micro-programmed controller, Horizontal and Vertical formats, Address sequencer. MEMORY ORGANISATION: Concept of RAM/ROM, basic cell of RAM, Associative memory, Cache memory organization, Vertical memory organization. I/O ORGANISATION: Introduction to Peripherals and their interfacing Strobe based and handshakebased communication, DMA based data transfer, I/O processor. Total
II
III IV V
Total Contact Hrs. 7 7
7 7 7 35
Reference Books: Heuring-Computer System Design and Architecture, Pearson Education. M. Morrismanno- 'Computer Architecture and Organization', Mc-Graw Hill. J.P. Hayes- 'Computer Organization and Architecture. Pearson Education'. Staling-Computer Organization and Architecture, Pearson Education. Batee-Computer Architecture, Tata Mc-Graw Hill. CP 315
ADVANCED DATA STRUCTURES
C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)
Unit
Course Contents
1
ADVANCED TREES - Definitions and operations on weight balanced trees (Huffman trees), 2-3 trees and RedBlack trees. Augmenting Red-Black trees to dynamic order statistics and interval tree applications. Operations on disjoint sets and its Union-Find problem. Implementing sets, discitionerics, priority queues and concatenable queues Syllabus ECE2012-13
Total Contact Hrs. 7
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
56
using 2-3 trees. MERGEABLE HEAPS - Mergeable Heap operations, binomial trees, implementing binomial heaps and its operations. 2-3-4- trees and 2-3-4 heaps. Structure and potential function of Fibonacci heap. Implementing Fibonacci Heap. GRAPH THEORY DEFINITIONS - Definitions of Isomorphism, Components, Circuits, Fundamental Circuits, Cut-sets, Cut-Vertices, Planer and dual graphs, Spanning trees, Kuratovski’s two graphs. GRAPH THEORETIC ALGORETHMS - Algorithms for connectedness, finding all spanning trees in a weighted graph and planarity testing. Breadth first and depth first search, topological sort, strongly connected components and, articulation point. APPLICATION OF GRAPHS- Single source shortest path and all pair shortest path algorithms. Min-Cut MaxFlow theorem of network flows, Ford-Fulkerson Max Flow algorithms. Total
II
III IV
V
7
7 7
7 35
Reference Books: Narsingh Deo- Graph Theory with Applications to Engineering and Computer Sicience, Prentice Hall of India. Cormen- Introduction to Algorithms, Prentice Hall of India. Aho A.V., Hopcrpft J.E. and Ullman J.D.-The Design and Analysis of Computer Algorithms, Addition-Wesley. Horwitz and Sawhni-fundamentals of Data Structures, Galgotia Book source. Wilson-Introduction to Graph Theory, Pearson Education. INFORMATION PROTECTION and SECURITY CP 318
INFORMATION PROTECTION and SECURITY
C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)
CONTENTS OF THE SUBJECT
No. of Hours Required 7
UNIT Introduction to security attacks, services and mechanism, introduction to cryptography. Conventional Encryption:Conventional encryption model, classical encryption techniques- substitution ciphers and transposition ciphers, cryptanalysis, stereography, stream and block ciphers. Modern Block Ciphers: Block ciphers principals, Shannon’stheory of confusion and diffusion, fiestal structure, data encryption standard(DES), strength of DES, differential and linear crypt analysis of DES, block cipher modes of operations, triple DES, IDEA encryption and decryption, strength of IDEA, confidentiality using conventional encryption, traffic confidentiality, key distribution, random number generation.
1
II
III
IV
V
Introduction to graph, ring and field, prime and relative prime numbers, modular arithmetic, Fermat’s and Euler’stheorem, primality testing, Euclid’s Algorithm, Chinese Remainder theorem, discrete logarithms. Principals of publickey crypto systems, RSA algorithm, security of RSA, key management, Diffle-Hellman key exchange algorithm,introductory idea of Elliptic curve cryptography, Elganel encryption.
7
Message Authentication and Hash Function: Authentication requirements, authentication functions, message authentication code, hash functions, birthday attacks, security of hash functions and MACS, MD5 message digest algorithm, Secure hash algorithm(SHA). Digital Signatures: Digital Signatures, authentication protocols, digital signature standards (DSS), proof of digital signature algorithm.
7
Authentication Applications: Kerberos and X.509, directory authentication service, electronic mail securitypretty good privacy (PGP), S/MIME IP Security: Architecture, Authentication header, Encapsulating security payloads, combining security associations, key management. Web Security: Secure socket layer and transport layer security, Secure ElectronicTransaction (SET). System Security: Intruders, Viruses and related threads, firewall design principals, trusted systems.
7 7
35
Total
Recommended Books: 1. Daswarte.Y, Jajodia.S –Security and protection in Information Processing Systems, Springer 2. William Stalling – Cryptography and Network Security, Willey CP 322
PARALLEL COMPUTATION and ARCHITECTURE
C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)
Unit
Course Contents
1 II
INTRODUCTION - Synchronous and asynchronous paradigms of parallel computing. HARDWARE TAXONOMY – Flynn’s classification, Handler’s classification, Software taxonomy, Kung’s taxonomy, SPMD. ABSTRACT PARALLEL COMPUTATIONAL MODELS – Combinational circuits, Sorting networks, PRAM models, interconnection RAMs. PARALLEL PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES: Performances Matrices – Laws governing performance measurements, metrics-speed up, efficiency utilization, communication, overheads, single/multiple programme performances, benchmarks.
III IV
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Total Contact Hrs. 7 7 7 7
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
57
PROCESSOR ARRAYS: Basic Algorithms – Fast Fourier Transform Linear System Solution, Sorting etc. Total
V
7 35
Reference Books: Quinn- M.Parallel Computing Theory and Practice, Mc_graw Hill. Hwang K. Briggs, F.A.-Computer Architecture and Parallel Processing, Mc-Graw Hill. Kumar, V., Grama, A.Gupta A. and Karypis, G-An Introduction to Parallel Computing, Addison Wesley. Hwang, K.-Advanced Computer Arcitecture-Parallelism, Scalability and Programmability, Mc_Graw Hill. CP 419
ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE AND EXPERT SYSTEMS
C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)
Unit
Course Contents
1
INTRODUCTION TO AI KNOWLEDGE- Importance of AI, Knowledge Base System Knowledge organization and manipulation, Conceptual Introduction to LISP and other AI programming Languages. KNOWLEDGE REPRESENTATION- Syntax Semantics, Inference Rules, Non-deductive Inference methods, and representations using rules, forward chaining and backward chaining. Fuzzy Logic and Natural languages computations. Probabilistic Reasoning. Object Oriented Representations. KNOWLEDGE ORGANIZATION and MANIPULATION- Search and control strategies, matching techniques, knowledge organization and management, Genetic Algorithms based search techniques. KNOWLEDGE SYSTEMS ARCHITECTURE- Rule based, non-production, uncertainty knowledge system building tools. KNOWLEDGE ACQUISITION- General Concepts, learning by induction. Total
II
III IV V
Total Contact Hrs. 7 7
7 7 7 35
Reference Books: • Char nick “Introduction to Artificial Intelligence”, Addision Wesley. • Rich & Knight, “Artificial Intelligence”. • Winston, “LISP”, Addison Wesley. • Marcellous, “Expert Systems Programming”, PHI. • Elamie, “Artificial Intelligence”, Academic Press. CP 430 Unit
I
II
III
IV
V
COMPUTER NETWORKS
C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)
Contents of the Course
Total Contact Hrs.
Network, Network Protocols, Edge, Access Networks and Physical Media Protocol Layers and their services models, Internet Backbones, NAP's and ISPs Application Layer: Protocol and Service provided by application layer, transport protocols. The World Wide Web. HTTP, Message formats, User Server Interaction and Web caches. FTP commands and replies. Electronic Mail, SMTP, Mail Message Formats and MIME and Mail Access Protocols DNS The internet's directory service DNS records and Message. Transport Layer: Transport Layer Service and Principles, Multiplexing and Demultiplexing applications, Connectionless Transport. UDP Segment structure and UDP Checksum. Principles of Reliable Data Transfer-Go back to N and Selective Repeat. Connection Oriented Transport TCP Connection and Segment Structure, Sequence Numbers and acknowledgement numbers, Telnet, Round trip time and timeout. TCP connection management Network Layer and Routing: Network service model, Routing principles. Link State routing Algorithm, A distant Vector routing and OSPF algorithm. Router Components; Input Prot, Switching fabric and output port. IPV6 Packet format. Point To Point Protocol (PPP), transition States, PPP Layers-Physical Layer and Data Link Layer, Link Control Protocols. LCP Packets and options. Authentication PAP and CHAP, Network Control Protocol (NCP). Sonet/SDH: Synchronous Transport Signals. Physical configuration-SONET Devices, Sections, Lines and Paths. SONET Layers-Photonic Layer, section layer, line layer, path layer and device layer relationship. Sonet Frame format. Section overhead, Line overhead and path overhead. Virtual Tributaries and types of VTs. Total
6
7
7
7
8 35
Reference Books: J.F.Kurose and K.W.Ross-Computer Networking, Pearson Education Asia. B.A.Forouzan-Data Communications and Networking, Tata Mc-Graw Hill. Garcia and Widjaja-Communication Networks, Tata Mc-Graw Hill. CP 457 CN LAB C(L,T,P) =1(0,0,2) List of Experiments S. No. 1 The lab is to be conducted in Perl programming language, Perl works on all platforms (including windows) Write few basic programs of Perl. 2 Syllabus ECE2012-13
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
58
a. A Hello World Program b. Write a program to add to 10 numbers. c. Write a program of reading input from the keyboard and displaying them on monitor. d. Write a program to take two strings as input and compare them To understand advance constructs of Perl e. Write a program to create a list of your course (all theory courses in current semester) using array and print them. f. Write a program to accept ten number, store it into a hash table (Perl have itself) and when asked by user tell him that number exists or not. (do not store duplicate numbers) g. Write a program to compute the number of lines in a file.
3
4
Find the IP address of a host or turn an IP address into a name. Connect to an FTP server and get or put files. Automate the one-time transfer of many files to download the file everyday, which have changed since yesterday. (use Net: FTP) Write a program to send mail. The programs should monitor system resources like disk space and notify admin by mail when disk space becomes dangerously low. (use Net: mail) Fetch mail from a POP3 server (use Net: pop 3) Find out who owns a domain (use Net: whois, Whois is a service provided by domain name registration authorities to identify owners of domain names) Test whether a machine is alive. machine can be specified using IP address or domain name of machine. You have a URL that fetch its content from a Perl script, convert it to ASCII text (by stripping html tags) and display it. Writing a TCP Client, Writing a TCP Server and communicate some data over TCP
5 6 7 8 9 10 11
1. 2. 4. BM 248
INDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS and MANAGEMENT
C(L,T,P) =1(0,0,2)
Unit
Course Contents
1
Organizational forms, Profit maximization and other objectives of industrial firms, Theory of profitability, Economies of scale. Financing of Industries- Need and sources of finance, Role of special financial institutions, Investment criteria-NPV, IRR. Approaches to industrial location analysis, Productivity analysis, Input-Output analysis, Concentration of economic power. New Industrial Policy – Critical analysis, Role of technology and entrepreneurship in industrial development. Management – Principles of management, functions-planning, Organization staffing, Directing, Controlling, Coordination, Decision making. Production Management – Total quality management, JIT, Quality circle, Quality-ISO9000, ISO14000, KANBAN, Bench marking, Effective communication. Labour Legislations. Total
II
III IV V
Total Contact Hrs. 7
7
7 7 7 35
Reference Books: 1. 2. 3.
Prassana Chandra-Financial Management, TMH. Zaidi-Statistical Process, TMH. Buffa-Operation Management, WE. HS201 COMMUNICATION SKILLS
C(L,T,P)=3(3,0,0)
Unit
Course Contents
1
Foundation and background of organizational behaviour, contemporary challenges-workforce diversity, cross – cultural dynamics, changing nature of managerial work, ethical issues at work, emotional intelligence in contemporary business. Perception, Personality, Learning, Motivation – Concepts and applications, individual decision making. Understanding and managing group processes-interpersonal & group dynamics, Group cohesiveness, Group decision making Emotional Intelligence-concept and applications, Understanding work teams, power & politics, Empowerment, Conflict & Negotiation. Purpose and process of communication; myths and realities of communication; paths of communication; oral communication; noise, barriers to communication; listening process, types of listening, deterrents to listening process, essentials of good listening; telephonic communication. Non verbal communication; gestures, handshakes, gazes, smiles, hand movements, styles of working, voice modulations, body sport for interviews; business etiquettes; business dining, business manners of people of different cultures, managing customer care. Written communication; mechanics of writing, report writing, circulars, notices, memos, agenda and minutes;
2
3
4
5
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Total Contact Hrs. 7
8
6
7
7
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
59
business correspondence-business letter format, style of letter arrangement, types of letters, telex managers, facsimiles, electronic mail; diary writing; development resume. Total Reference Books: 1. Enrich your English – by CIEFL (Academic Skills book) 2. Contemporary English Grammar – Raymond Murphy 3. Organizational Behavior, - Fred Luthans9thEdition, McGraw-Hill Irwin, 2002. 4. Organizational Behavior, Tenth Edition, TMG, 1998.John W. Newstorm and Keith Davis 5. . Business Communication Today – By Bovee, Thill, Schazman 6. G. Business Communication – by Pal and Korlahalli HS202 COGNATIVE SKILLS
35
C(L,T,P)=3(3,0,0)
Units 1
Contents of the Subject Introduction to Mindfulness, Mindfulness Exercise, DBT Life Skills – Distress Tolerance
Hours 8
2
Mindfulness Exercise, DBT Life Skills – Emotion Regulation
8
3
Mindfulness Exercise, DBT Life Skills – Interpersonal Effectiveness
7
4
Mindfulness Exercise, Anxiety Disorders, Depression, and Personality Disorders, Acceptance: Living in the Hereand-Now as a Way of Life
7
5
Mindfulness Exercise, Introduction to Dialectical Behavior Therapy (DBT),
7
Total
37
Reference Books: 1. Shivani D.R. (1998): NGO Development Initiative & Policy – Vikas Publications
HS301 VERBAL & NON-VERBAL REASONING
C(L,T,P)=3(3,0,0)
Units
Course Contents
1 2 3 4 5
Logical Sequence of Words, Blood Relation Test, Syllogism Series Completion, Cause and Effect, Dice Venn Diagrams, Cube and Cuboids Analogy Seating Arrangement, Character Puzzles, Direction Sense Test Classification, Data Sufficiency, Arithmetic Reasoning, Verification of Truth Total
Total Contact Hrs. 7 7 7 7 7 35
Reference Books:
‘Reasoning’ by R.S. Aggarwal HS302 TECHNICAL WRITING
C(L,T,P) = 3(3,0,0)
Units
Course Contents
1 2
Writing Process- Intro of various types of writings, Gathering, Writing, Reviewing, Editing, Indexing, Testing Review Writing- Internal, Friendly and Anonymous reviews, Quantity review, Quality review, Precis Wring, Paragraph Writing, Report Writing- Science and research reports, business Reports, Business Report, Business overview Letter Writing- Letter of Inquiry, Letter of adjustment, Claim Letter and follow of Letter, Letter of acceptance, Letter of refusal Job search correspondence- cover letter, CV and resume Writing Mails- User Guides, Reference Guide, Online helps, Website, Technical Proposal Writing.
3 4 5
Total Contact Hrs. 7 7
7
Total
HS 401 TECHNICAL APTITUDE Units
Course Contents
Syllabus ECE2012-13
7 7 35
C(LTP)=3(3,0,0) Total Contact Hrs. Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
60
1 2 3 4 5
PPL (Principal of Programming Language, C, C++, Java, Asp.net, DSA DBMS, RDBMS Networking & Related topics Software Engineering and Related topics Operating System (Windows, Linux, MS office) Total
7 7 8 7 7 36
Reference Books: MCQs in Computer Science by Timothy Williams, TMH
HS 501 SOFT SKILLS TRAININIG I Unit I
II III IV V
C (L, T, P) = 3 (3,0,0)
Course Contents Spoken English – PICTURE (p=pronunciation, I=inflection, C=Clarity & courtesy, T=Tone, U=Understanding and feedback, R=Rate of speech and Repeatition, E=Emphasis), Body Language Training, Active Listening Introduction to business terms, Economic Times Reading, Communication skills Johari Window Training, Firo-B Training, Relationship Management Role Plays, Conflict Management I’m OK U’r OK Training, Time Management Training Total
HS 502 SOFT SKILLS TRAININIG I I Unit I
Hours 8
8 10 7 6 39
C (L, T, P) = 3 (3,0,0)
Course Contents Making impact making business presentations
Hours 6
II
Team Management and Collaborative Work Culture
8
III
Training in Anchoring and Public Speaking
6
IV
Emotional Intelligence Training
7
V
Business Games, Business Etiquettes
10 Total
HS601 SOFT SKILLS TRAININIG III Unit I
37
C (L, T, P) = 3 (3,0,0) Course Contents
Hours 6
Group Discussion Training
II
Interview Training
8
III
Public Relations Management, Press Relations Management
10
IV
Conference and Seminar Management, Event management
7
V
Persuasion and Negotiation Skills
6 Total
Syllabus ECE2012-13
37
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
61
Department of Electronics and Conmmunication Engineering Cluster C
Curriculum for Academic session 2012-2013 for following Programs 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
B.Tech Electronics and Communication Engineering B.Tech E&C + M.Tech VLSI Engineering DD B.Tech E&C + M.Tech DWCE Engineering DD M.Tech VLSI Engineering M.Tech Digital and Wireless Communication Engineering
Following changes has been made for academic session 2012-13. 1. Open electives are added in semester V and VI of B.Tech E&C. 2. DECA is added in DD and PG Programs. Each semester has two credits for DECA. 3. Humanities and Social Sciences are added in III to VII sem. of UG and I to III sem.of PG programs.
Total Credits for all programs of E&C Department are as Follows: S.No Programs 1 B.Tech Electronics and Communication Engg. 2 3 4 5
B.Tech EandC + M.Tech VLSI Engineering DD B.Tech EandC + M.Tech DWCE Engineering DD M.Tech VLSI Engineering M.Tech Digital and Wireless Communication Engineering
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Remarks III sem. to VIII sem. III sem. to X sem. III sem. to X sem. I sem. to IV sem. I sem. to IV sem.
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
1
GYAN VIHAR SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING and TECHNOLOGY
Department of Electronics and Conmmunication Engineering Cluster C HIGH LIGHTS OF THE SYLLABI A. COURSE NUMBER CODING SCHEME Coding for all the papers has been done so as to make syllabi more systematic and easy to locate. 1. A course is identified by a course code designated by a string of five alphanumeric characters and a course title. 2. In a course code, first two letters of the string indicate the Department/School offering the course and the later three numerals designate a particular course number. The letters symbolizing various Academic Department offering a course are: DE CY EN HS MA PY CA CE CP EC EE IT ME BM HM PH SC
Discipline and Extracurricular Activities Chemistry Engilish Humanities and Social Sciences Mathematics Physics Computer Application Civil Engineering Computer Engineering Electronics and Communication Engineering Electrical Engineering Information Technology Mechanical Engineering Business Management Hotel Management Pharmacy Sciences
3. Course number a. First Numerical digit denotes the level of the course that corresponds to the Year of Study. b. Next two Numerical digits denote the number of the course, which will usually be odd for courses offered in the Odd Semester and even for courses offered in the Even Semester. c. Lower levels corresponds the UG courses, while higher level the PG courses. Suggested levels will be as follows All UG Programmes Level 1 to 4
All PG programmes Level 5 to 7
PG Diploma Level 8, 9
EXAMPLES: UG Programmes
PG programmes
For e.g. EC 203 EC denotes Electronics and Communication 2 denoted second Year 03 represent Course
For e.g. EC 503 EC denotes Electronics Engineering 5 denoted First Year of Pg Programme 03 represent Course
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
2
B. CREDIT SYSTEM Each academic year consists of two semesters and a summer term. The education system is organized around a credit system, which ensures continuous evaluation of the student's performance and provides at an optimum pace suited to one's ability or of credits depending upon the class contact hours. A minimum number of credits are to be completed in order to qualify for the award of degree. A minimum level of performance is necessary for satisfactory progress. SGVU has revised its curriculum with effect from the academic session 20092010. The revised curriculum emphasizes on self-learning, project activity and laboratory work. It leaves sufficient time for the student to take part in other activities like sport and recreation as well as to think and to be creative and innovative. Each course, except for a few special courses, has a certain number of credits assigned to it depending on its lecture, tutorial and laboratory work contact hours in a week. Each course is coordinated by a member of the faculty called the course coordinator. He/she has the full responsibility for coordinating the course, faculty involved in the course, holding tests and awarding grades. In case of any difficulty, students are expected to approach the course coordinator for advice and clarification. A letter grade with a specified number of grade points is awarded in each course for which a student is registered. A student 's performance is measured by the number of credits that he/she has earned and by the weighted grade point average maintained by him/her. A minimum grade point average is necessary in order to qualify for the degree. Each semester having 25 credits. So 8 semester have total 200 credits ,in which 170 credits are minimum core credits and Minimum elective credits are 30 for four year degree progarm. For PG program total credits are 60. Minimum elective credits are 9 for two year degree program.
C. COURSE OUTLOOK: The course of B.Tech. in Electronics and Communication Engineering is of 4 years. These 4 years are divided in 8 semesters, each of 6 months. After every semester an examination is conducted so that the teachers as well as students get to know their strengths and weakness and work on their weak points to have an overall development.Elective courses has been subdivided into professional electives and open electives. professional electives are generally departmental electives while open electioves are non-departnmntal electives. ELIGIBILITY Eligibility for Admission 10+2 with 70 % and AIEEE/RPET scoreCredit system based syllabi OBJECTIVES OF THE SYLLABI
To advance, evolve and enhance Electronics fundamentals To build the interest in students for greater research To guide students in the development of newer languages To create the ability in students for better hardware production Choice based credit system
SIGNIFICANCE and CARRER OPTIONS OF B.TECH. ECE Electronics and Communication Engineering is one of the fastest growing branches of studies which are being carried out all over India. It is one of the most developing and in demand trades of engineering. B.Tech in Electronics and Communication Engineering includes study of various aspects of Electronics and Communication to meet the requirements of the various industries. The course contains study of the basic Electronics and its application, as well as the detailed study of the various aspects of its working. Today Computers have not only assumed strategic importance in the corporate world, they are also being effectively used in almost every field of human endeavor, ranging from space exploration to food processing and banking to communication etc. B.Tech (Electronics and Communication Engineering), a study of the theoretical foundations of information and computation, offers a foundation which permits the students to adapt new technologies and ideas. This branch of engineering has many sub-fields for e.g. Electronics , Communication, Information theory and coding, TV Engineering Radar, Digital Communication,Satellite Communication,Digital signal Processing and much more. After doing B.Tech (Electronics and Communication Engineering) from the SGVU, an individual can find a good job in the renowned Electronics and Communication company. He can work in various areas such as:Career Options in B.Tech (Electronics and Communication Engineering): Electronic Scientist DRDO ISRO BEL BSNL HAL GAIL SAIL BHEL Railway Telecommunication Networking Engineer Software Developer RSEB as a JEN Consumer Electronics Company Syllabus ECE2012-13
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
3
GYAN VIHAR SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING and TECHNOLOGY DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS and COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING LIST OF COURSES OFFERED
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
4
GYAN VIHAR SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING and TECHNOLOGY DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS and COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING LIST OF COURSES OFFERED
Course Code
EC 201 EC 202 EC 203 EC 204 EC 205 EC 206 EC 207 EC 208 EC209 EC210 EC211 EC212 EC 251 EC 252 EC 253 EC 254 EC 255 EC 301 EC 302 EC 303 EC 304 EC 305 EC 306 EC 307 EC 308 EC309 EC310 EC 351 EC 352 EC 353 EC354 EC 355 EC 356 EC357 EC 401 EC 402 EC 403 EC 404 EC 405 EC406 EC 407 EC409 EC411 EC413 EC415 EC 451 EC 452 EC 453 EC454 EC 501 EC 502 EC 503 EC 504 EC 505 EC 506 EC 507 EC 508
Course Name
Electronic Devices and Circuits Analog Electronics Circuit Analysis and Synthesis Digital Hardware Design Electronic Measurements and Instrumentation Electromagnetic Field Theory Electronic Materials and Processes Telecommunication Engineering Biomedical Instrumentation Telemetry System Audio Video System Random Variables and Stochastic Process Electronics Workshop Advanced Electronics Lab Electronic Devices and Circuits Lab Digital Hardware Design Lab Electronic Measurement and Instrumentation Lab Signals and Systems Microwave Engineering-II Microwave Engineering-I Advanced Microprocessor Linear Integrated Circuits Digital Communication Analog Communication Control Systems Microprocessor Industrial Electronics Microwave Engineering Lab Advanced Communication Lab Electronic Engineering Design Lab Signal Processing Lab-I Microprocessor Lab Industrial Electronics Lab Communication Lab Antenna and Wave Propagation Optical Communication Wireless Communication Radar and TV. Engg Microcontroller and Embedded Systems VHDL VLSI Design Digital Signal Processing IC Technology Biomedical Signal Processing Image Processing and Pattern Recoganization Signal Processing Lab-II Optical Fiber Lab Microcontroller Lab Wireless Communication Lab MOS VLSI Computer-Aided VLSI Design VLSI Technology Analog ICs System Level Design and Modeling of Digital System Advanced Digital Signal Processing Advanced Computer Communication Synthesis of Digital System
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Credits
4 4 4 3 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 1 1 1 1 1 4 4 4 3 3 4 4 4 3 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 4 4 4 4 4 3 4 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
L 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 0 0 0 0 0 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 0 0 0 0 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Contact Hrs/Wk. T/S 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Exam Hrs. P 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Weightage (in%) CE ESE 30 70 30 70 30 70 30 70 30 70 30 70 30 70 30 70 30 70 30 70 30 70 30 70 30 70 60 40 60 40 60 40 60 40 30 70 30 70 30 70 30 70 30 70 30 70 30 70 30 70 30 70 30 70 60 40 60 40 60 40 60 40 60 40 60 40 60 40 30 70 30 70 30 70 30 70 30 70 30 70 30 70 30 70 30 70 30 70 30 70 60 40 60 40 60 40 60 40 30 70 30 70 30 70 30 70 30 70 30 70 30 70 30 70
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
5
EC 509 EC 510 EC 511 EC 512 EC 513 EC 514 EC 515 EC 516 EC 517 EC 518 EC 519 EC 520 EC 522 EC 551 EC 552 EC 553 EC 601 EC 603 EC 605 EC 607 EC 609 EC 611 EC 613 EC 615 EC 653 EC 655
Testing and Fault Tolerance Issues in Deep Sub-micron CMOS IC Design Memory design and testing Advanced IC Technology Wireless Digital Communication System Antenna Theory and Technique Mobile and Cellular Communication Information Theory, Coding and Communication Theory Mobile Computing Telecommunication Switching and Networks Design of MICs and MMICs Microelectronic Devices and Circuits Microstrip Antennas For Wireless Systems Digital System Design Lab Modeling and Simulation Lab Communication System Lab Embedded System Design Reconfigurable Computing Micro-electronics Combinatorial Optimization Satellite Communication Wireless Sensor Networks Advanced Optical Communication Systems Micro-Electro-Mechanical-Systems VLSI Design Lab CAD of RF and Microwave Circuits Lab DISIPLINE
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1
DE 201 DE 202 DE 301 DE 302 DE 401 DE 402 DE 501 DE 502 DE 601 DE 602
Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities – III Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities – IV Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities – V Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities – VI Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities – VII Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities – VIII Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities – I Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities – II Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities – III Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities – IV MATHEMATICS Integral Transforms and Complex Analysis Numerical Analysis and Statistics Computer Oriented Mathematical Methods PROJECT B.Tech Project (stage-1) B.Tech Project (stage-2) Dissertation / Thesis M. Tech. Dissertation / Thesis SEMINAR B.Tech Seminar Seminar TRAINING SEMINAR Summer Training Seminar COMPUTER ENGINEERING Data Structure and Algorithms Object Oriented Programming Data Structure and Algorithm Lab Advanced Computer Programming Lab Computer System Architecture Advanced Data Structure Information Protection and security Parallel Computation and Architecture Artificial Intelligence and Expert Systems Computer Network Networking Lab BUSINESS MANAGEMENT Industrial Economics and Management.
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
MA201 MA202 MA301 PE302 PE401 DI 602 SM 402 EC 651 PT401 CP 201 CP216 CP 251 CP 260 CP302 CP315 CP 318 CP 322 CP 419 CP 430 CP 457 BM 248
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 0 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2
30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 60 60 60 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 60 60
70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 40 40 40 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 40 40
100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
4 4 3
3 3 3
1 1 0
0 0 0
3 3 3
30 30 30
70 70 70
2 2
0 0
0 0
2 2
-
60 60
40 40
16
0
0
16
60
40
2 5
0 0
0 0
2 9
-
60 60
40 40
2
0
0
2
-
60
40
3 3 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 1
3 3 0 0 3 3 3 3 3 3 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 2
3 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 2
30 3060 60 303030 30 30 30 60
70 70 40 40 70 70 70 70 70 70 40
1
-
-
2
2
60
40
3 3 3
3 3 3
0 0 0
0 0 0
3 3 3
30 30 30
70 70 70
Humanities and Social Sciences HS 201 HS 202 HS 301
Communication Skills Cognative Skills Verbal and Non Verbal Reasoning
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
6
HS302 HS401 HS501 HS502 HS503
Technical writing Technical Aptitude Soft Skills Training-I Soft Skills Training-II Soft Skills Training-III
Syllabus ECE2012-13
3 3 3 3 3
3 3 3 3 3
0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0
3 3 3 3 3
30 30 30 30 30
70 70 70 70 70
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
7
GYAN VIHAR SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING and TECHNOLOGY DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS and COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING Teaching and Examination Scheme for B.Tech. (Electronics and Communication Engineering 4 Year Course)
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
8
GYAN VIHAR SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING and TECHNOLOGY DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS and COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING Teaching and Examination Scheme for B.Tech. (Electronics and Communication Engineering 4 Year Course) EFFECTIVE FROM ACADEMIC SESSION 2012-13 Year: II S. Course No. Code
Credits
Contact Hrs/Wk. L T/S P
Exam Hrs.
Semester: III Weightage (in%) CE ESE
Data Structure and Algorithms Electronic Devices and Circuits Circuit Analysis and Synthesis Electronic Measurements and Instrumentation Integral Transforms and Complex Analysis Departmental Elective I Electronic Materials and Processes Bio Medical Instrumentation Audio Video System Communication Skills B. Practicals / Sessionals Data Structure and Algorithm Lab Electronics Workshop Electronic Devices and Circuits Lab Electronic Measurement and Instrumentation Lab C. Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities – III Total Total Teaching Load
3 4 4 3
3 3 3 3
0 1 1 0
0 0 0 0
3 3 3 3
30 30 30 30
70 70 70 70
4 3
3 3
1 0
0 0
3 3
30 30
70 70
1 1 1 1
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2
60 60 60 60
40 40 40 40
27
18 29
Course Name
Credit s
Contact Hrs/Wk. L T/S P
Exam Hrs.
Semester: IV Weightage (in%) CE ESE
4 4 3 4 3 4 -
3 3 3 3 3 3 -
1 1 0 1 0 1 -
0 0 0 0 0 0 -
3 3 3 3 3 3 -
30 30 30 30 30 30 -
70 70 70 70 70 70 -
1 1 1 1
-
-
2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2
60 60 60 60
40 40 40 40
Course Name A. Theory
1 2 3 4
CP 201 EC 201 EC 203 EC 205
5 6
MA 201 EC 207 EC209 EC211 HS201
7 8 9 10
CP 251 EC 251 EC 253 EC 255
11
DE 201
Year: II S. Course No. Code 1 2 3 4 5 6
MA 202 EC 202 EC 204 EC 206 CP 216 EC208 EC210 EC212 HS202
7 8 9 10
CP 260 EC 252 EC 254 BM 248
11
DE 202
A. Theory Numerical Analysis and Statistics Analog Electronics Digital Hardware Design Electromagnetic Field Theory Object Oriented Programming Departmental Elective II Telecommunication Engineering Telemetry System Random Variables and Stochastic Processes Cognative Skills B. Practicals / Sessionals Advanced Computer Programming Lab Advanced Electronics Lab Digital Hardware Design Lab Industrial Economics and Management. C. Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities – IV Total Total Teaching Load
Syllabus ECE2012-13
2
100 3
8
2 28
100 18 30
4
8
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
9
GYAN VIHAR SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING and TECHNOLOGY DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS and COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING Teaching and Examination Scheme for B.Tech. (Electronics and Communication Engineering 4 Year Course) EFFECTIVE FROM ACADEMIC SESSION 2013-14 Year: III S. Course No. Code 1 2 3 4 5 6
EC 301 EC 303 EC 305 EC 307 EC309 CP302 CP 315 MA 301 HS301
7 8 9 10
EC 351 EC 353 EC 355 EC357
11
DE 301
Year: III S. Course No. Code 1 2 3 4 5 6
EC302 EC 304 EC 306 EC 308 EC 310 CP 318 CP 322 CP 419 HS302
7 8 9 10
EC 352 EC 354 EC356 PE 302
11
DE 302
Course Name A. Theory Signals and Systems Microwave Engineering-I Linear Integrated Circuits Analog Communication Microprocessor Open Elective I Computer System Architecture Advanced Data Structures Computer Oriented Mathematical Methods Verbal and Non Verbal Reasoning B. Practicals / Sessionals Microwave Engineering Lab. Electronic Engineering Design Lab Microprocessor Lab Communication Lab C. Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities – V Total Total Teaching Load
Course Name A. Theory Microwave Engineering-II Advanced Microprocessor Digital Communication Control Systems Industrial Electronics Open Elective II Information Protection and Security Parallel Computation and Architecture Artificial Intelligence and Expert Systems Technical Writing B. Practicals / Sessionals Advanced Communication Lab Signal Processing Lab-I Industrial Electronics Lab B. Tech Project (Stage – 1) C. Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities – VI Total Total Teaching Load
Credits
Contact Hrs/Wk. L T/S P
Exam Hrs.
Semester: V Weightage (in%) CE ESE
4 4 3 4 3 3 -
3 3 3 3 3 3 -
1 1 0 1 0 0 -
0 0 0 0 0 0 -
3 3 3 3 3 3 -
30 30 30 30 30 30 -
70 70 70 70 70 70 -
1 1 1 1
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
2 2 2 2
2 2 2 -
60 60 60 60
40 40 40 40
2
100
27
18 29
3
8
Credits
Contact Hrs/Wk. L T/S P
Exam Hrs.
Semester: VI Weightage (in%) CE ESE
4 3 4 4 4 3 -
3 3 3 3 3 3 -
1 0 1 1 1 0 -
0 0 0 0 0 0 -
3 3 3 3 3 3 -
30 30 30 30 30 30 -
70 70 70 70 70 70 -
1 1 1 2
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
2 2 2 2
2 2 2 -
60 60 60 60
40 40 40 40
2 29
100 18 30
4
8
Note:- Industrial training for 30 days after 6th Semester Exams is compulsory.
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
10
GYAN VIHAR SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING and TECHNOLOGY DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS and COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING Teaching and Examination Scheme for B.Tech. (Electronics and Communication Engineering 4 Year Course) EFFECTIVE FROM ACADEMIC SESSION 2014-15 Year: IV S. No.
Course Code
1 2 3
EC 401 EC 403 EC405
4 5 6
EC407 EC409 EC411 EC413 EC415 HS401
7 8 9 10
EC 451 EC 453 PE 401 PT 401
11
DE 401
Semester: VII Course Name A. Theory Antenna and Wave Propagation Wireless Communication Microcontroller and Embedded Systems VLSI Design Digital Signal Processing Departmental Elective III IC Technology Biomedical Signal Processing Image Processing and Pattern Recoganization Technical Aptitude B. Practicals / Sessionals Signal Processing Lab-II Microcontroller Lab B. Tech Project (Stage – 2) Summer Training Seminar C. Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities – VII Total Total Teaching Load
Credits
Contact Hrs/Wk. L T/S P
Exam Hrs.
Weightage (in%) CE ESE
4 4 4
3 3 3
1 1 1
0 0 0
3 3 3
30 30 30
70 70 70
3 4 3 -
3 3 3 -
0 1 0 -
0 0 0 -
3 3 3 -
30 30 30 -
70 70 70 -
1 1 2 2
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
2 2 2 2
2 2 -
60 60 60 60
40 40 40 40
2 30
100 18 30
4
8
Year: IV S. No.
Course Code
1 2 3 4
EC 402 EC 404 CP430 EC406
5 6 7 8
EC 452 EC 454 CP 457 SM 402
11
DE 402
Semester: VIII Course Name A. Theory Optical Communication Radar and TV Engineering Computer Network VHDL B. Practicals / Sessionals Optical Fiber Lab Wireless Communication Lab Networking Lab B. Tech Seminar C. Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities – VIII Total Total Teaching Load
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Credits
Contact Hrs/Wk. L T/S P
Exam Hrs.
Weightage (in%) CE ESE
4 4 3 4
3 3 3 3
1 1 0 1
0 0 0 0
3 3 3 3
30 30 30 30
70 70 70 70
1 1 1 2
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
2 2 2 2
2 2 2 -
60 60 60 60
40 40 40 40
2 22
100 12 23
3
8
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
11
GYAN VIHAR SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING and TECHNOLOGY DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS and COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING TEACHING and EXAMINATION SCHEME and DETAILED SYLLABUS FOR M. Tech Full-Time (Core) (VLSI ENGINEERING) (2 Year Course) EFFECTIVE FROM ACADEMIC SESSION 2012-13
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
12
GYAN VIHAR SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING and TECHNOLOGY DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS and COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING Teaching and Examination Scheme for M. Tech. FULL-TIME (Core) (VLSI ENGG) EFFECTIVE FROM ACADEMIC SESSION 2012-13 Semester – I
Year I S. No.
Course Code
1 2 3
EC 501 EC 503 EC 505
4 EC 507 EC 509 EC 511 HS501 5
EC 551
6
DE 501
Course Name A. Theory Papers MOS VLSI VLSI Technology System Level Design and Modeling of Digital System Elective I (any one of the following) Advanced Computer Communication Testing and Fault Tolerance Memory design and testing Soft Skills Training -I B. Practical and Sessional: Digital System Design Lab C. Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities – I Total Total Teaching Load
Credits
Contact Hrs/Wk. L T/S P
Exam Hrs.
Weightage (in%) CE ESE
3 3 3
3 3 3
0 0 0
0 0 0
3 3 3
30 30 30
70 70 70
3
3
0
0
3
30
70
1
0
0
2
2
60
40
2 15
100 12 14
0
2 Semester – II
Year I S. No.
Course Code
1 2 3 4
EC 502 EC 504 EC 506 EC 508 EC 510 EC 512 HS502
5
EC 552
6
DE 502
Course Name A. Theory Papers Computer-Aided VLSI Design Analog ICs Advanced Digital Signal Processing Elective II (any one of the following) Synthesis of Digital System Issues in Deep Sub-micron CMOS IC Design Advanced IC Technology Soft Skills Training - II B. Practical and Sessional: Modeling and Simulation Lab C. Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities – II Total Total Teaching Load
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Credits
Contact Hrs/Wk. L T/S P
Exam Hrs.
Weightage (in%) CE ESE
3 3 3 3
3 3 3 3
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
3 3 3 3
30 30 30 30
70 70 70 70
1
0
0
2
2
60
40
2 15
100 12 14
0
2
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
13
GYAN VIHAR SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING and TECHNOLOGY DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS and COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING Teaching and Examination Scheme for M. Tech. FULL-TIME (Core) (VLSI Engineering) EFFECTIVE FROM ACADEMIC SESSION 2013-14 Semester – III
Year II S. No.
Course Code
1 2 3
EC 601 EC 605
EC 603 EC 607 EC 615 HS601 4 5
EC 651 EC 653
6
DE 601
Course Name A. Theory Papers Embedded System Design Microelectronics Elective III (any one of the following) Reconfigurable Computing Combinatorial Optimization Micro-Electro-Mechanical-Systems Soft Skills Training-III B :Practical and Sessional: Seminar VLSI Design Lab C. Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities – III Total Total Teaching Load
Credits
Contact Hrs/Wk. L T/S P
Exam Hrs.
Weightage (in%) CE ESE
3 3 3
3 3 3
0 0 0
0 0 0
3 3 3
30 30 30
70 70 70
5 1
0 0
0 0
9 2
3 2
60 60
40 40
2 17
100 9 20
0
11
Semester – IV
Year II S. No.
Course Code
1
DI 602
2
DE 602
Course Name B. Practical and Sessional: M. Tech. Dissertation / Thesis C. Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities –IV Total Total Teaching Load
Credits
Contact Hrs/Wk. L T/S P
16
0
0
-
2 18
Exam Hrs.
Weightage (in%) CE ESE 60
40
100 0 -
0
-
*Students has required 32 hours work per week for dissertation
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
14
GYAN VIHAR SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING and TECHNOLOGY DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS and COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING TEACHING and EXAMINATION SCHEM and DETAILED SYLLABUS FOR M. Tech Full-Time (Core) (Digital and Wuireless Communication Engineering) (2 Year Course) EFFECTIVE FROM ACADEMIC SESSION 2012-13
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
15
GYAN VIHAR SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING and TECHNOLOGY DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS and COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING Teaching and Examination Scheme for M. Tech. FULL-TIME (Core) (Digital and Wuireless Communication Engineering) EFFECTIVE FROM ACADEMIC SESSION 2012-13 Semester – I
Year I S. No.
Course Code
1
EC505
2
EC 513
3 4
EC 515 EC 517 EC 519 EC 507 HS501
5
EC 553
6
DE 501
Course Name A. Theory Papers System Level Design and Modeling of Digital System Wireless Digital Communication System Mobile and Cellular Communication Elective I (any one of the following) Mobile Computing Design of MICs and MMICs Advanced Computer Communication Soft Skills Training-I B. Practical and Sessional: Communication System Lab C. Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities - I Total Total Teaching Load
Credits
Contact Hrs/Wk. L T/S P
Exam Hrs.
Weightage (in%) CE ESE
3
3
0
0
3
30
70
3
3
0
0
3
30
70
3 3
3 3
0 0
0 0
3 3
30 30
70 70
1
0
0
2
2
60
40
2 15
100 12 14
0
2
Semester – II
Year I S. No.
Course Code
1 2
EC 514 EC 516
3 4
EC 506 EC 518 EC 520 EC 522 HS502
5
EC 552
6
DE 502
Course Name A. Theory Papers Antenna Theory and Technique Information Theory, Coding and Communication Theory Advanced Digital Signal Processing Elective II (any one of the following) Telecommunication Switching and Networks Microelectronic Devices and Circuits Microstrip Antennas For Wireless Systems Soft Skills Training-II B. Practical and Sessional: Modeling and Simulation Lab C. Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities - II Total Total Teaching Load
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Credits
Contact Hrs/Wk. L T/S P
Exam Hrs.
Weightage (in%) CE ESE
3 3
3 3
0 0
0 0
3 3
30 30
70 70
3 3
3 3
0 0
0 0
3 3
30 30
70 70
1
0
0
2
2
60
40
2 15
100 12 14
0
2
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
16
GYAN VIHAR SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING and TECHNOLOGY DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS and COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING Teaching and Examination Scheme for M. Tech. FULL-TIME (Core) (Digital and Wuireless Communication Engineering) EFFECTIVE FROM ACADEMIC SESSION 2013-14 Semester – III
Year II S. No.
Course Code
1 2
EC 609 EC 613
3 EC 611 EC 615 HS601 4 5
EC 651 EC 655
6
DE 601
Course Name A. Theory Papers Satellite Communication Advanced Optical Communication Systems Elective III (any one of the following) Wireless Sensor Networks Micro-Electro-Mechanical-Systems Soft Skill Training-III B. Practical and Sessional: Seminar CAD of RF and Microwave Circuits C. Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities - III Total Total Teaching Load
Credits
Contact Hrs/Wk. L T/S P
Exam Hrs.
Weightage (in%) CE ESE
3 3
3 3
0 0
0 0
3 3
30 30
70 70
3
3
0
0
3
30
70
5 1
0 0
0 0
9 2
2
60 60
40 40
2 17
100 9 20
11
Semester – IV
Year II S. No.
Course Code
1
DI 602
2
DE 602
Course Name A. Practical and Sessional: M. Tech. Dissertation / Thesis C. Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities - IV Total Total Teaching Load
Credits
Contact Hrs/Wk. L T/S P
16
0
0
-
2 18
Exam Hrs.
Weightage (in%) CE ESE 60
40
100 0 -
0
-
*Students has required 32 hours work per week for dissertation
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
17
GYAN VIHAR SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING and TECHNOLOGY DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS and COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING TEACHING and EXAMINATION SCHEME and DETAILED SYLLABUS FOR Dual Degree (B. Tech Electronics and Communication Engineering + M. Tech. VLSI Engg) (5 Year Course) EFFECTIVE FROM ACADEMIC SESSION 2014-15
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
18
GYAN VIHAR SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING and TECHNOLOGY DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS and COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING Teaching and Examination Scheme for Dual Degree (B. Tech Electronics and Communication Engineering + M. Tech. VLSI Engineering) (5 Year Course) EFFECTIVE FROM ACADEMIC SESSION 2014-15 Year: IV S. Course No. Code 1 2 3
EC 401 EC 403 EC405
4 5 6
EC407 EC409 EC411 EC413 EC415
7
HS401 EC505
8 9 10 11
EC 451 EC 453 PE 401 PT 401
12
DE 401
Course Name A. Theory Antenna and Wave Propagation Wireless Communication Microcontroller and Embedded Systems VLSI Design Digital Signal Processing Departmental Elective III IC Technology Biomedical Signal Processing Image processing and Pattern Recoganization Technical Aptitude System Level Design and Modeling of Digital system B. Practicals / Sessionals Signal Processing Lab-II Microcontroller Lab B. Tech Project(Stage – 2) Summer Training Seminar C. Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities – VII Total Total Teaching Load
Contact Hrs/Wk. L T/S P
4 4 4
3 3 3
1 1 1
0 0 0
3 3 3
30 30 30
70 70 70
3 4 3 -
3 3 3 -
0 1 0 -
0 0 0 -
3 3 3 -
30 30 30 -
70 70 70 -
3
3
0
0
3
30
70
1 1 2 2
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
2 2 2 2
2 2 -
60 60 60 60
40 40 40 40
2 33
100 21 33
4
Year: IV S. No.
Course Code
1 2 3 4 5
EC 402 EC 404 CP430 EC406 EC506
8 9 10 11
EC 452 EC 454 CP 457 SM 402
12
DE 402
Semester: VII Exam Weightage (in%) Hrs. CE ESE
Credits
8
Semester: VIII Course Name A. Theory Optical Communication Radar and TV Engineering Computer Network VHDL Advanced Digital Signal Processing B. Practicals / Sessionals Optical Fiber Lab Wireless Communication Lab Networking Lab B. Tech Seminar C. Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities - VIII Total Total Teaching Load
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Credits
Contact Hrs/Wk. L T/S P
Exam Hrs.
Weightage (in%) CE ESE
4 4 3 4 3
3 3 3 3 3
1 1 0 1 0
0 0 0 0 0
3 3 3 3 3
30 30 30 30 30
70 70 70 70 70
1 1 1 2
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
2 2 2 2
2 2 2 -
60 60 60 60
40 40 40 40
2 25
100 15 26
3
8
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
19
GYAN VIHAR SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING Teaching and Examination Scheme for Dual Degree (B. Tech Electronics and Communication Engineering + M. Tech. VLSI and Engg.) (5 Year Course)
Year: IV S. Course No. Code 1 2
EC502 EC 508 EC 510 EC 512 HS 502
3
EC 552 DE 501
Course Name A. Theory Computer Aided VLSI Design Elective II (any one of the following) Synthesis of Digital System Issues in Deep Sub-micron CMOS IC Design Advanced IC Technology Soft Skills Training -II B. Practical & Sessional: VLSI Design Lab Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities - I Total Total Teaching Load
Credits
Summer Semester: VIII B Contact Hrs/Wk. Exam Weightage (in%) Hrs. L T/S P CE ESE
3 3
3 3
-
-
3 3
30 30
70 70
1 2
-
-
2
3
60
40
9
6 9
0
3
NOTE * Since Summer Semester VIII B is of shorter duration each summer course shall be double the teaching hours/week i.e. the above courses shall be of 6 hours/week Year: V Semester: IX S. No.
Course Code
1 2 3
EC 503 EC 501
4 5
6 7
8 9
EC 507 EC 509 EC 511 HS 501 EC 601
EC 603 EC 607 EC 615 HS 601 EC 504 EC 605
EC 551 EC 554 DE 502
Year: V S. Course No. Code
Course Name A. Theory Papers VLSI Technology MOS VLSI Elective I (any one of the following) Advanced Computer Communication Testing and Fault Tolerance Memory design and testing Soft Skills Trainnig -II Embedded System Design Elective III (any one of the following) Reconfigurable Computing Combinatorial Optimization Micro Electro Mechanical Systems Soft Skills Trainnig -III Analog ICs Micro-electronics Practical & Sessional: B. Practical & Sessional: Digital System Design Lab Modeling and Simulation Lab Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities - II Total Total Teaching Load Course Name
B. Practical & Sessional: M TechSeminar –III M. Tech. Dissertation / Thesis Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities - III Total Total Teaching Load *Students has required 32 hours work per week for dissertation 1 2
EC 651 DI 602 DE 601
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Credits
Contact Hrs/Wk. L T/S P
Exam Hrs.
Weightage (in%) CE ESE
3 3 3
3 3 3
-
-
3 3 3
30 30 30
70 70 70
3 3
3 3
-
-
3 3
30 30
70 70
3
3
-
-
3
30
70
1 1 2
-
-
2 2
2 3
60 60
40 40
24
18 27
0
9
Semester: X Contact Hrs/Wk. Exam Hrs. L T/S P
Weightage (in%) CE ESE
6 16 2
0
0
4 -
60 60
24
0 4
0
4
Credits
3
40 40
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
20
GYAN VIHAR SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING and TECHNOLOGY DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS and COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING TEACHING and EXAMINATION SCHEM and DETAILED SYLLABUS FOR Dual Degree (B. Tech Electronics and Communication Engineering + M. Tech. Digital and Wuireless Communication Engineering) (5 Year Course) EFFECTIVE FROM ACADEMIC SESSION 2014-15
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
21
GYAN VIHAR SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING and TECHNOLOGY DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS and COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING Teaching and Examination Scheme for Dual Degree (B. Tech Electronics and Communication Engineering + M. Tech. Digital and Wuireless Communication Engineering) (5 Year Course) EFFECTIVE FROM ACADEMIC SESSION 2014-15 Year: IV S. Course No. Code 1 2 3
EC 401 EC 403 EC405
4 5 6
EC407 EC409 EC411 EC413 EC415
7
HS 401 EC505
8 9 10 11
EC 451 EC 453 PE 401 PT 401
12
DE 401
Course Name A. Theory Antenna and Wave Propagation Wireless Communication Microcontroller and Embedded Systems VLSI Design Digital Signal Processing Departmental Elective III IC Technology Biomedical Signal Processing Image processing and Pateern Recognization Technical Aptitude System Level Design and Modeling of Digital System B. Practicals / Sessionals Signal Processing Lab-II Microcontroller Lab B. Tech Project(Stage – 2) Summer Training Seminar C. Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities - VII Total Total Teaching Load
Contact Hrs/Wk. L T/S P
4 4 4
3 3 3
1 1 1
0 0 0
3 3 3
30 30 30
70 70 70
3 4 3 -
3 3 3 -
0 1 0 -
0 0 0 -
3 3 3 -
30 30 30 -
70 70 70 -
3
3
0
0
3
30
70
1 1 2 2
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
2 2 2 2
2 2 -
60 60 60 60
40 40 40 40
2 33
100 21 33
4
Year: IV S. No.
Course Code
1 2 3 4 5
EC 402 EC 404 CP430 EC406 EC506
8 9 10 11
EC 452 EC 454 CP 457 SM 402
12
DE 402
Semester: VII Exam Weightage (in%) Hrs. CE ESE
Credits
8
Semester: VIII Course Name A. Theory Optical Communication Radar and TV Engineering Computer Network VHDL Advanced Digital Signal Processing B. Practicals / Sessionals Optical Fiber Lab Wireless Communication Lab Networking Lab B. Tech Seminar C. Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities - VIII Total Total Teaching Load
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Credits
Contact Hrs/Wk. L T/S P
Exam Hrs.
Weightage (in%) CE ESE
4 4 3 4 3
3 3 3 3 3
1 1 0 1 0
0 0 0 0 0
3 3 3 3 3
30 30 30 30 30
70 70 70 70 70
1 1 1 2
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
2 2 2 2
2 2 2 -
60 60 60 60
40 40 40 40
2 25
100 15 26
3
8
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
22
GYAN VIHAR SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING Teaching and Examination Scheme for Dual Degree (B. Tech Electronics and Communication Engineering + M. Tech. Digital and Wuireless Communication Engineering) (5 Year Course) 2015-16 Year: IV S. Course No. Code 1
EC 516
2 EC 520 EC 522 EC 524 HS502 3
EC 552
4
DE 501
Course Name A. Theory Information Theory, Coding and Communication Theory Elective II (any one of the following) Telecommunication Switching & Networks Microelectronic Devices & Circuits Microstrip Antennas For Wireless Systems Soft Skills Tarining -I B. Practical & Sessional: Modeling & Simulation Lab C. Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities – I Total Total Teaching Load
Credits
Summer Semester: VIII B Contact Hrs/Wk. Exam Weightage (in%) Hrs. L T/S P CE ESE
3
3
-
-
3
30
70
3
3
-
-
3
30
70
1
-
-
2
3
60
40
6 8
0
2
2 9
NOTE * Since Summer Semester VIII B is of shorter duration each summer course shall be double the teaching hours/week i.e. the above courses shall be of 6 hours/week Year: V S. No.
Course Code
1 2 3
EC 515 EC 514
4 5
EC 617 EC 519 EC 507 HS501 EC 609 EC 613
6
EC513
7 EC 611 EC 615 HS 601 7 8
EC 553 EC 655
9
DE 502
Semester: IX Course Name A. Theory Papers Mobile & Cellular Communication Antenna Theory and Technique Elective I (any one of the following) Mobile Computing Design of MICs & MMICs Advanced Computer Communication Soft Skills Training-II Satellite Communication Advanced Optical Communication Systems Wireless Digital Communication System Elective III (any one of the following) Wireless Sensor Networks Micro-Electro-Mechanical-Systems Soft Skills Training -III B. Practical & Sessional: Communication System Lab CAD of RF and Microwave Circuits C. Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities – II Total Total Teaching Load
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Credits
Contact Hrs/Wk. L T/S P
Exam Hrs.
Weightage (in%) CE ESE
3 3 3
3 3 3
-
-
3 3 3
30 30 30
70 70 70
3 3
3 3
-
-
3 3
30 30
70 70
3
3
-
-
3
30
70
3
3
-
-
3
30
70
1 1
-
-
2 2
3 3
60 60
40 40
18 22
0
4
2 25
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
23
Year: V S. Course No. Code 1 2
EC 651 DI 602
3
DE 601
Course Name B. Practical & Sessional: Seminar M. Tech. Dissertation / Thesis C. Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities Discipline and Extra Curricular Activities – III Total Total Teaching Load
Credits
Semester: X Contact Hrs/Wk. Exam Hrs. L T/S P
Weightage (in%) CE ESE
6 16
0
0
4 -
60 60
0 4
0
4
3
40 40
2 24
*Students has required 32 hours work per week for dissertation
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
24
EC 201
ELECTRONIC DEVICES AND CIRCIUTS C(L,T,P) =4(3,1,0)
Unit
Course Contents
1
SEMICONDUCTOR PHYSICS: Mobility and conductivity, charge densities in a semiconductor, Fermi Dirac distribution, carrier concentrations and fermi levels in semiconductor, Generation and recombination of charges, diffusion and continuity equation, Mass action Law, Hall effect. Junction diodes, Diode as a ckt. element, load line concept, clipping and clamping circuits, Voltage multipliers. Construction, characteristics and working principles of UJT Transistor characteristics, Current components, Current gains: alpha and beta. Operating point. Hybrid model, h-parameter equivalent circuits. CE, CB and CC configuration. DC and AC analysis of CE,CC and CB amplifiers. Ebers-Moll model. Biasing and stabilization techniques. Thermal runaway, Thermal stability. JFET, MOSFET, Equivalent circuits and biasing of JFET's and MOSFET’s. Low frequency CS and CD JFET amplifiers. FET as a voltage variable resistor. SMALL SIGNAL AMPLIFIERS AT LOW FREQUENCY: Analysis of BJT and FET, DC and RC coupled amplifiers. Frequency response, midband gain, gains at low and high frequency. Analysis of DC and differential amplifiers, Miller's Theorem. Cascading Transistor amplifiers, Darlington pair. Emitter follower, source follower. Total
II III
IV V
Total Contact Hrs. 7
7 7
7 7
35
Reference Books J Millman and C.C. Halkias - Integrated Electornics; Tata Mc-Graw Hill. Pearson Education. Rebert Boylestad and L. Nashelsky - Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory. Sedra Smith-Micro Electronic Circuits. Oxford Press, India. Floyd-Electronic Devices, Pearson Education. . EC 202 Unit
ANALOG ELECTRONICS
C (L,T,P) =4(3,1,0)
Course Contents
1
FEEDBACK AMPLIFIERS: Classification, Feedback concept, Transfer gain with feedback, General characteristics of negative feedback amplifiers. Analysis of voltage-series, voltage-shunt, current- series and current-shunt feedback amplifier. Stability criterion. II OSCILLATORS: Classification. Criterion for oscillation. Tuned collector, Hartley, Colpitts, RC Phase shift, Wien bridge and crystal oscillators, Astable, monostable and bistable multivibrators. Schmitt trigger. Blocking oscillators. III HIGH FREQUENCY AMPLIFIERS: Hybrid Pi model, conductances and capacitances of hybrid Pi model, high frequency analysis of CE amplifier, gain-bandwidth product. Emitter follower at high frequencies. IV TUNED AMPLIFIER - Band Pass Amplifier, Parallel resonant Circuits, Band Width of Parallel resonant circuit. Analysis of Single Tuned Amplifier, Primary and Secondary Tuned Aplifier with BJT and FET. Double Tuned Transformer Coupled Amplifier. Stagger Tuned Amplifier. Pulse Resp onse of such Amplifier. Shunt Peaked Circuits for Increased Bandwidth. V POWER AMPLIFIERS: Power amplifier circuits, Class A output stage, class B output stage and class AB output stages, class C amplifiers, pushpull amplifiers with and without transformers. Complementary symmetry and quasi complimentary symmetry amplifiers Total Reference Books: J.Millman and C.C. Halkias-Integrated Electronics; Tata Mc-Graw Hill Robert Boylestand and L. Nashelsky - Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory; Pearson Equaction Sedra Smith - Microelectronic Circuits, Oxford Press, India.
EC 203
CIRCUIT ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS Course Contents
1
NETWORK THEOREMS and ELEMENTS: Thevenin’s, Norton’s, Reciprocity, Superposition, Compensation, Miller’s, Tellegen’s and maximum power transfer theorems. Networks with dependent sources. Inductively coupled circuits – mutual inductance, coefficient of coupling and mutual inductance between portions of same circuits and between parallel branches. Transformer equivalent, inductively and conductively coupled circuits. TRANSIENTS ANALYSIS: Impulse, step, ramp and sinusoidal response Analysis of first order and second order circuits. Time domain and transform domain (frequency, Laplace) analysis. Initial and final value theorems. Complex periodic waves and their analysis by Fourier analysis. Different kind of symmetry. Power in a circuit. NETWORK FUNCTIONS: Terminals and terminal pairs, driving point impedance transfer functions, poles and zeros. Procedure of finding network functions for general two terminal pair networks. Stability and causality.
III
Syllabus ECE2012-13
7
7 7
7
35
C(L,T,P) =4(3,1,0)
Unit
II
Total Contact Hrs. 7
Total Contact Hrs. 8
7
6
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
25
Hurwitz polynomial, positive real function. TWO PORT NETWORKS: Two port parameters and their interrelations – z-parameters, yparameters, hparameters, ABCD parameters. Equivalence of two ports, transformer equivalent, interconnection of two port networks. Image parameters. Attenuation and phase shift in symmetrical T and ð networks. NETWORK SYNTHESIS: RL and RC networks synthesis, Foster First and Second form, Cauer forms
IV
V
7
7
Total
35
Reference Books: Kuo, Franklin F - Netwrok analysis and sysnthesis, II Ed, 1999, Jhon Wiley and sons. Desoer, C. and Duh, E.S-E.s. Basic circuit theory, Mc Graw Hill. Van Valkenburg, M.E. - Network Analysi, Prentice Hall, India. Schaum's Outling series on circuit analysis. Hayt; W, and Kinmmerly - Engineering circuit analysis, Mc Graw Hill, Inc. Sudhakar, A and Chyam Mohan S.P. - Circuits and Networks, Tata Mc Graw Hill. India. EC 204
DIGITAL HARDWARE DESIGN
C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)
Unit
Course Contents
1
NUMBER SYSTEMS, BASIC LOGIC GATES and BOOLEAN ALGEBRA: Binary Arithmetic and Radix representation of different numbers. Sign and magnitude representation, Fixed point representation, complement notation, various codes and arithmetic in different codes and their inter conversion. Features of logic algebra, postulates of Boolean algebra. Theorems of Boolean algebra. Boolean function. Derived logic gates: ExclusiveOR, Nand, NOR gates, their block diagrams and truth tables. Logic diagrams from Boolean expressions and vica-versa. Converting logic diagrams to universal logic. Positive, negative and mixed logic. Logic gate conversion. DIGITAL LOGIC GATE CHARACTERISTICS: TTL logic gate characteristics. Theory and operation of TTL Nand gate circuitry. Open collector TTL. Three state output logic. TTL subfamilies. MOS and CMOS logic families. Realization of logic gates in RTL, DTL, ECL, C-MOS and MOSFET. Interfacing logic families to one another. MINIMIZATION TECHNIQUES: Minterm, Maxterm, Karnaugh Map, K map upto 4 variables.Simplification of logic functions with K-map, conversion of truth tables in POS and SOP form. Incomplete specified functions. Variable mapping. Quinn-Mc Klusky minimization techniques. COMBINATIONAL SYSTEMS: Combinational logic circuit design, half and full adder, subtractor. Binary serial and parallel adders. BCD adder. Binary multiplier. Decoder: Binary to Gray decoder, BCD to decimal, BCD to 7-segment decoder. Multiplexer, demultiplexer, encoder. Octal to binary, BCD to excess-3 encoder. Diode switching matrix. Design of logic circuits by multiplexers, encoders, decoders and demultiplexers. SEQUENTIAL SYSTEMS: Latches, flip-flops, R-S, D, J-K, Master Slave flip flops. Conversions of flip-flops. Counters: Asynchronous (ripple), synchronous and synchronous decade counter, Modulus counter, skipping state counter, counter design. Ring counter. Counter applications. Registers: buffer register, shift register. Total
II
III
IV
V
Total Contact Hrs. 7
7
7
7
7
35
Reference Books: A.P. Malvino and D.P. Leach-Digital Principles and Applications, Tat aMc-graw Hill, Delhi. Morris Mano-Digital Circuit and Logic Design; Prentice Hll of India. EC 205
ELECTRONIC MEASUREMENTS AND INSTRUMENTATION
C (L, T, P) =3(3 ,0,0)
Unit
Course Contents
1
THEORY OF ERRORS: Accuracy and precision, Repeatability, Limits of errors, Systematic and random errors Modeling of errors, Probable error and standard deviation, Gaussian error analysis, Combination of errors. ELECTRONIC INSTRUMENTS FOR MEASURING BASIC PARAMETERS: Electronic Voltmeter, Electronic Multimeters, Digital Voltmeter, Component Measuring Instruments, Q meter, Vector Impedance meter, RF Power and Voltage Measurements. Measurement of frequency. Introduction to shielding and grounding. OSCILLOSCOPES: CRT Construction, Basic CRO circuits, CRO Probes, Oscilloscope Techniques of Measurement of frequency, Phase Angle and Time Delay, Multibeam, multi trace, storage and sampling Oscilloscopes. Curve tracers. SIGNAL GENERATION: - Sine wave generators, Frequency synthesized signal generators, Sweep frequency generators. Signal Analysis - Measurement Technique, Wave Analyzers, Frequency - selective wave analyser, Heterodyne wave analyser, Harmonic distortion analyser, Spectrum analyser. TRANSDUCERS - Classification, Selection Criteria, Characteristics, Construction, Working Principles, Application of following Transducers- RTD, Thermocouples, Thermistors, LVDT, RVDT, Strain Gauges, Bourdon Tubes, Bellows. Diaphragms, Seismic Accelerometers, Tachogenerators, Load Cell, Piezoelectric Transducers, Ultrasonic Flow Meters Total
II
III
IV
V
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Total Contact Hrs. 7
7
7
7
7
35
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
26
Reference Books: H.S. Kalsi - 'Electronic Inst. and Measurement, Tata Me. Hill. W.D. Cooper - 'Electronic Inst. and Measurement Techniques, Prentice Hall of India. A.K. Sawhney - 'Electrical and Electronic Measurement and Inst., Dhanpat Raj and Sons. F.E. Terman and J.M. Pettit - 'Electronic Measurements McGraw Hill Book Co. S. Talbar and Upadhyay-Electronic Instrumentation, Dhanpat Rai Sons. EC 206
ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELD THEORY
C(L,T,P) =4(3,1,0)
Course Contents
Total Contact Hrs. 7
Unit INTRODUCTION: Vector Relation in rectangular, cylindrical, spherical and general curvilinear coordinates system. Concept and physical interpretation of gradient, Divergence and curl, Green’s and Stoke’s theorems. ELECTROSTATICS: Electric field intensity and flux density. Electric field due to various charge configurations. The potential functions and displacement vector. Gauss’s law. Poisson’s and Laplace’s equation and their solution. Uniqueness theorem. Continuity equation. Capacitance and electrostatics energy. Field determination by method of images. Boundary conditions. Field mapping and concept of field cells. MAGNETOSTATICS: Magnetic field intensity, flux density and magnetization, Faraday’s Law, Bio-Savart’s law, Ampere’s law, Magnetic scalar and vector potential, self and mutual inductance, Energy stored in magnetic field, Boundary conditions, Analogy between electric and magnetic field, Field maping and concept of field cells. TIME VARYING FIELDS: Displacement currents and equation of continuity. Maxwell’s equations, Uniform plane wave in free space, dielectrics and conductors, skin effect sinusoidal time variations, reflection and refraction of Uniform Plane Wave, standing wave ratio. Pointing vector and power considerations. RADIATION, EMI and EMC: Retarded Potentials and concepts of radiation, Radiation from a small current element. Radiation resistance: Introduction to Electromagnetic Interference and Electromagnetic compatibility, EMI coupling modes, Methods of eliminating interference, shielding, grounding, conducted EMI, EMI testing: emission testing, susceptibility testing. Total
1
II
III
IV
V
7
7
7
7
35
Reference Books: Griffiths-Introduction to Electrodnamics. (2/e Prentice Hall of India. V.V. Sarwate-Electromagnetic Fields and Waves, Willey Eastern Ltd. J.D. Kraus-Electromagnetics, Mcgraw Hill. E.C. Jordan and K.G. Balmain-Electromagnetic Waves and Radiating Systems, PHI. W.H. Hayt Jr. Engineering Electromagnetics, Tata Mcgraw Hill. EC 207
ELECTRONIC MATERIALS AND PROCESSES
C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)
Unit
Course Contents
1
DIELECTRIC MATERIALS: Polarisation phenomenon, spontaneous polarisation, dielectric constant and loss, piezo and ferro electricity. MAGNETIC MATERIALS: Dia, para, ferro-ferrimagnetism; soft and hard magnetic materials and their applications. SEMI CONDUCTOR MATERIALS: Crystal growth, zone refining, Degenerate and nondegenerate semiconductors, Direct and indirect band gap semiconductors. Electronic properties of silicon, Germanium, Compound Semiconductor, Gallium Arsenide, gallium phosphide and Silicon carbide. CONDUCTIVE and SUPERCONDUCTIVE MATERIALS: Electrical properties of conductive and resistive materials. Important characteristics and electronic applications of specific conductor and resistance materials. Superconductor phenomenon, Type I and Type II superconductors and their applications. PASSIVE COMPONENETS and PCB FABRICATION: Brief study of fabrication methods of fixed and variable type of resistors; capacitors, Inductors, solenoid and toroid, air core, iron core and Ferro core conductors. Printed Circuit Boards – Types, Manufacturing of copper clad laminates, PCB Manufacturing process, Manufacturing of single and double sided PCBs. Surface mount devices – advantages and limitations Total
II III
IV
V
Total Contact Hrs. 7 7 7
7
7
35
Reference Books: S.O. Kasap-Principle of electric Engineering materials and devices, Mc Graw Hill. B.D. Indu-Electrical Engineering Materials, Jain Brothers. S.P. Seth and P.V. Gupta-A course of Electrical Engineering Materials, Dhanpat Rai and Sons. C.S. Indulkar and S. Thiruvengadam An Introduction to Electrical Engineering Materials, S.Chand and Co. N. Grover and K.S. Jamwal-Electronic compenets and Materials, Dbanpat Rai and Co. Mattx for electronic engineer Tones
EC 208 Syllabus ECE2012-13
TELECOMMUNICATION ENGINEERING
C(L,T,P) =4(3,1,0) Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
27
Unit
Course Contents
1
TRANSMISSION LINE: Types of transmission lines, general transmission line equation, line constant, equivalent circuits, infinite line, and reflection on a line, SWR of line with different type of terminations. Distortion less and dissipation less lines, Coaxial cables, Transmission lines at audio and radio frequencies, Losses in transmission line,. Characteristics of quarter wave, half wave and lines of other lengths, TRANSMISSION LINE APPLICATIONS: Smith chart and its application. Transmission line applications, Impedance matching Network. Single and double Stub matching. Measurement of parameters of transmission line, measurement of attenuation, insertion loss, reflection coefficient and standing wave ratio. ATTENUATORS and FILTERS: Elements of telephone transmission networks, symmetrical and Asymmetrical two port networks. Different Attenuators, ð-section and T-section attenuators, stub matching, Transmission equalizers Filters, constant K-section, Ladder type, ð-section, T-section filter, mderived filter sections, Lattics filter section. TELEPHONE TRANSMISSION: Telephone set, Touch tone dial types, two wire/ four wire transmission, Echo suppressors and cancellors, cross talk. Multi-channel systems: Frequency division and time division multiplexing. AUTOMATIC TELEPHONY and TELEGRAPHY: Trunking concepts, Grade of service, Traffic definitions, Introduction to switching networks, classification of switching systems. Principle of Electronic Exchange, EPABX and SPC Digital telephone Exchange,Numberig Plan, Fascimile services.
II
III
IV
V
Total
Total Contact Hrs. 7
7
7
7
7
35
Reference Books: W. Fraser-Telecommunications (BPB Publication) I. Vishvanathan- Telecommunication switching systems and Networks. Prentice Hall of India. Cole- Introduction to Telecommunication. Pearson Educatino EC 209 BIOMEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION
C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)
Unit
Course Contents
1
HUMAN BODY SUBSYSTEMS: Brief description of neural, muscular, cardiovascular and respiratory systems; their electrical, mechanical and chemical activities. TRANSDUCERS and ELECTRODES: Principles and classification of transducers for Bio-medical applications, Electrode theory, different types of electrodes, Selection criteria for transducers and electrodes. BIOPOTENTIALS: Electrical activity of excitable cells, ENG, EMG, ECG, ERG, EEG. Neuron potential. CARDIOVASCULAR SYSTEM MEASUREMENTS: Measurement of blood pressure, blood flow, cardiac output, cardiac rate, heart sounds, Electrocardiograph, phonocardiograph, Plethysmograph, Echocardiograph. INSTRUMENTATION FOR CLINICAL LABORATORY: Measurement of pH valve of blood, ESR measurement, hemoglobin measurement, O2 and CO2 concentration in blood, GSR measurement. Instrumentation for clinical laboratory: Spectrophotometry, chromatography, Hematology, Measurement of pH value, concentration in blood. MEDICAL IMAGING: Diagnostic X-rays, CAT, MRI, thermography, Ultrasonography, medical use of isotopes, endoscopy. PATIENT CARE, MONITORING and SAFETY MEASURES: Elements of Intensive care monitoring basic hospital systems and components, physiological effect of electric current shock hazards from electrical equipment, safety measures, Standards and practices. COMPUTER APPLICATIONS and BIOTELEMETRY: Real time computer applications, data acquisition and processing, remote data recording and management. THERAPEUTIC and PROSTHETIC DEVICES: Introduction to cardiac pacemakers, defibrillators, ventilators, muscle stimulators, diathermy, heart lung machine, Hemodialysis, Applications of Laser. Total
II
III
IV
V
Total Contact Hrs. 7
7
7
7
7 35
Reference Books: Webster, J.G.-Medical Instrumentation, Application and Design, John Wiley and sons. Jacobson, B.Webster, J.G.-Medical and clinical Engineering, Prentice Hall of India. Cromwell-Blomedical Instrumentation and Measurment, Prentice Hallof India. R.S. Khandpur-Handbook of Biomedical Instrumentation, Tata Mc-Graw Hill. Carr-Introduction to Biomedical Equipment Technology, Pearson Education
EC 210 TELEMETRY SYSTEM Unit
Course Contents
Syllabus ECE2012-13
C(L,T,P) =4(3,1,0) Total Contact Hrs. Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
28
1
Introduction to Telemetry Principles: Basic System, Classification, Non electrical telemetry systems, Voltage and current Telemetry systems, Frequency Telemetering, Power line carrier Communication.
7
II
Multiplexed System: Frequency Division Multiplex System-FDM, IRIG Standards, FM circuits, Phase Modulation Circuits, Receiving end, Phase Locked Local Loop, Mixers. Time Division Multiplexed System – TDM/PAM system, PAM/PM systems, TDM- PCM System, Digital Multiplexer, PCM Reception, Coding for varying level, DPCM, Standards.
7
III
Modems: Modems Introduction, QAM, modem protocol. 1/6 4
7
IV
Transmitter and Receiver: Transmitters, Transmission Techniques, Inter stage Coupling, Receiver Antennas: The Ideal structure, dipoles, arrays, current distribution and design consideration, Microwave Antennas4
7
V
Filters: Polynomial, Filters, Active RC Filters, Universal Filter Circuits, Switched Capacitor Filters, Digital Filters Basics of Satellite and Fiber Optic Telemetry Data Acquisition Systems (DAS), μP based DAS, Remote Control
7
35
Total Reference Books: D Patranabis, Telemetry Principle; TMH Ed 1 1999. EC211 AUDIO VIDEO SYSTEMS
C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)
Unit
Course Contents
1
AUDIO SYSTEMS: Importnat types of microphones and speakers, Monophonic, sterephionic and quadraphonic audio systems. DISC and MAGNETIC RECORDING and REPRODUCTION: Monophonic and stereophonic disc recording and reproducing systems, Magnetic recording and playback Biasing and equalisation, Recording medium, Magnetic heads-replay and erase heads, Audio cassettes, Tape speed, Maximum usable frequency, Tape transport mechanism, Distortion and noise aspects, HI-FI stero system. VIDEO CASSETTE RECORDERS: Video recording requirements Video tape formats. Modulation-up conversion and down conversion of video signal, Servo systems, Functional Block diagram of VCR, Vodep doc recprdomg and playback. COMPACT DISC RECORDING and REPRODUCTION: Compact disc advantages, Specifications, CD player optical reuirements, CD technology and manufactruing, CDRO, CD video VIDEO CAMERAS: Image conversion principle, Plumbicon, Sidicon camera tubes, Three tube colour camera, Block diagram of colour camera tube. Total
II
III
IV V
Total Contact Hrs. 7 7
7
7 7 35
Reference Books: 1. 2. 3. EC212
S.P. Bail and R. Bali-Audio Video systems, Khanna Book Publishing Co. Delhi. Ajay Sharma-Audio and Video Systems, Dhanpat Rai and Co. R.G. Gupta-Audio and Video Systems TMH. RANDOM VARIABLES and STOCHASTIC PROCESSES C(L,T,P) =4(3,1,0)
Unit
Course Contents
1
PROBABILITY: Definitions, sample, space and events, joint and conditional probability, dependent events.
II
RANDOM VARIABLES: Introduction, distribution and density functions, discrete and continuous random variables, special distributions: binominal, Poisson, uniform, exponential, normal, rayleigh.conditional distribution and density functions.
7
III
MULTIPLE RANDOM VARIABLES Vector random variable, joint distribution functions, joint probability density function, conditional distribution and density functions. Statistical independence, distribution and density function of sum of random variable, one function of one random variable, one function of two random variable, two function of two random variable.
7
IV
OPERATION ON SINGLE and MULTIPLE RANDOM VARIABLES: Mean and variance, moments, chebyshev’s inequality, Central limit theorem, characteristic functions and moment generating function, covariance and correlation coefficient of multiple Random variable.
7
V
STOCHASTIC PROCESSES: Introduction, random process concept, stationary and independence, ergodicity, correlation, functions. Gaussian Random Process, Transmission of Random process through linear systems. Power spectral Density, Cross Spectral density,
7
Total
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Total Contact Hrs. 7
35
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
29
Reference Books: 1Cllasical Electrodynamics, Jackson, Wiley 2Probability, Statistics and Random Processes, Veerarajan, 3Probability, Random Variables and Stochastic Processes, Papoulis, TMH 4Probability, Random Variables and Random Signal Principles, Peebles, TMH 5Probability and Random Processes With Application To Signal Processing, Stark, TMH 6Probability and Random Processes For Electrical Engineering, Leongarcia, Pearson 7Probability and Measure, Billingsley, Pearson 8An Introduction To Probability Theory and Its App., Feller, Wiley 9Probability and Statistics In Engineering, Hines, Wiley
EC 251 S. No. 1.
2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13.
ELECTRONICS WORKSHOP
List of Experiments Identification, Study and Testing of various electronic components: (a) Resistances-Various types, Colour coding (b) CapacitorsVarious types, Coding, (c) Inductors (d) Diodes (e) Transistors (f) SCRs (g) ICs (h) Photo diode (i) Photo transistor (j) LED (k) LDR (l) Potentiometers Study of symbols for various Electrical and Electronic Components, Devices, Circuit functions etc. To study and perform experiment on CRO demonstration kit. Soldering and de-soldering practice. (a) To Design and fabricate a PCB for a Regulated power supply. (b) Assemble the Regulated power supply using PCB and test it. To study and plot the characteristics of following Opto-Electronic devices – (a) LED (b) LDR (C) Photovoltaic cell (d) Opto-coupler (e) Photo diode (f) Photo transistor (g) Solar cell To study the specifications and working of a Transistor radio kit and perform measurements on it. To study the specifications and working of a Tape Recorder kit. To prepare design layout of PCBs using software tools. To fabricate PCB and testing of electronics circuit on PCB. To design and test regulated power supply using ICs To study the specifications and working of a VCD Player. To study the specifications and working of color TV.
EC 252 S. No. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11.
ADVANCED ELECTRONICS LAB
2. 3. 4.
C(L,T,P) =1(0,0,2)
List of Experiments Plot gain-frequency characteristics of BJT amplifier with and without negative feedback in the emitter circuit and determine bandwidths, gain bandwidth products and gains at 1kHz with and without negative feedback. Study of series and shunt voltage regulators and measurement of line and load regulation and ripple factor. Plot and study the characteristics of small signal amplifier using FET. Study of push pull amplifier. Measure variation of output power and distortion with load. Study Wein bridge oscillator and observe the effect of variation in R and C on oscillator frequency Study transistor phase shift oscillator and observe the effect of variation in R and C on oscillator frequency and compare with theoretical value. Study the following oscillators and observe the effect of variation of C on oscillator frequency: (a) Hartley (b) Colpitts Design Fabrication and Testing of k-derived filters (LP/HP). Study of a Digital Storage CRO and store a transient on it. To plot the characteristics of UJT and UJT as relaxation. To plot the characteristics of MOSFET and CMOS.
EC 253 S. No. 1.
C(L,T,P) =1(0,0,2)
ELECTRONIC DEVICES AND CIRCUITS LAB
C(L,T,P) =1(0,0,2)
List of Experiments Study the following devices: (a) Analog and digital multimeters (b) Function/ Signal generators (c) Regulated d. c. power supplies (constant voltage and constant current operations) (d) Study of analog CRO, measurement of time period, amplitude, frequency and phase angle using Lissajous figures. Plot V-I characteristic of P-N junction diode and calculate cut-in voltage, reverse saturation current and static and dynamic resistances. Plot V-I characteristic of zener diode and study of zener diode as voltage regulator. Observe the effect of load changes and determine load limits of the voltage regulator. Plot frequency response curve for single stage amplifier and to determine gain bandwidth product.
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
30
5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11.
Plot drain current - drain voltage and drain current – gate bias characteristics of field effect transistor and measure of Idss and Vp Application of Diode as clipper and clamper Plot gain- frequency characteristic of two stage RC coupled amplifier and calculate its bandwidth and compare it with theoretical value. Plot gain- frequency characteristic of emitter follower and find out its input and output resistances. Plot input and output characteristics of BJT in CB, CC and CE configurations. Find their hparameters. Study half wave rectifier and effect of filters on wave. Also calculate theoretical and practical ripple factor. Study bridge rectifier and measure the effect of filter network on D.C. voltage output and ripple factor.
EC 254 S. No. 1.
2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
7.
8. 9. 10. EC 255 S. No. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12.
DIGITAL HARDWARE DESIGN LAB
C(L,T,P) = 1(0,0,2)
List of Experiments To study and perform the following experiments. (a) Operation of digital multiplexer and de-multiplexer. (b) Binary to decimal encoder. (c) Characteristics of CMOS integrated circuits. To study and perform experiment- Compound logic functions and various combinational circuits based on and/Nand and OR/NOR Logic blocks. To study and perform experiment -Digital to analog and analog to digital converters. To study and perform experiment- Various types of counters and shift registers. To study and perform experiment - Interfacing of CMOS to TTL and TTL to CMOS ICs. To study and perform experiment- BCD to binary conversion on digital IC trainer. To study and perform experiment – (a) Astable (b) Monostable (c) Bistable Multivibrators and the frequency variation with different parameters, observe voltage waveforms at different points of transistor. To study and perform experiment -Voltage comparator circuit using IC-710. To study and perform experiment- Schmitt transistor binary circuit. Design 2 bit binary up/down binary counter on bread board. ELECTRONIC MEASUREMENT AND INSTRUMENTATION LAB
C(L,T,P) =1(0,0,2)
List of Experiments Measure earth resistance using fall of potential method. Plot V-I characteristics and measure open circuit voltage and short circuit current of a solar panel. Measure unknown inductance capacitance resistance using following bridges (a) anderson Bridge (b) Maxwell Bridge To measure unknown frequency and capacitance using Wein’s bridge. Measurement of the distance with the help of ultrasonic transmitter and receiver. Measurement of displacement with the help of LVDT. Draw the characteristics of the following temperature transducers: (a) RTD (Pt-100) (b) Thermistors (c) Thermocouple Draw the characteristics between temperature and voltage of a K type thermocouple. Measure the speed of a Table Fan using stroboscope. Measurement of strain/ force with the help of strain gauge load cell. Study the working of Q-meter and measure Q of coils. To study the working of Spectrum analyzer and determine the bandwidth of different signals.
EC 301
SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS
C(L,T,P) =4(3,1,0)
Unit
Course Contents
1
INTRODUCTION: Continuous time and discrete time systems, Properties of systems. Linear time invariant systems - continuous time and discrete time. Properties of LTI systems and their block diagrams. Convolution, Discrete time systems described by difference equations. FOURIER SERIES REPRESENTATION OF SIGNALS: Fourier series representation of continuous periodic signal and its properties, Fourier series representation of Discrete periodic signal and its properties, Continuous time filters and Discrete time filters described by Diff. equation. FOURIER TRANSFORM: The continuous time Fourier transform for periodic and aperiodic signals, Properties of CTFT. Discrete time Fourier transform for periodic and aperiodic signals. Properties of DTFT. The convolution and modulation property. Z-TRANSFORM and LAPLACE TRANSFORM: Introduction. The region of convergence for the Ztransform. The Inverse Z-transform. Two dimensional Z-transform. Properties of Z transform. Laplace transform, Properties of Laplace Transform, Application of Laplace transform to system analysis. SAMPLING: Mathematical theory of sampling. Sampling theorem. Ideal and Real sampling. Interpolation technique for the reconstruction of a signal from its samples. Aliasing. Sampling in freq. domain. Sampling of discrete time signals.
II
III
IV
V
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Total Contact Hrs. 7
7
7
7
7
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
31
Total
35
Reference Books: A.V. Oppenheim, A.S. Willsky and I.J. Young-'Signals and Systems', Prentice Hall of India Ltd. Prokins and Manolakis-Digital Signal Processing: Principles algorithms *Applications, Prentice Hall Pvt. Ltd. EC 302
MICROWAVE ENGINEERING-II
C(L,T,P) =4(3,1,0)
Unit
Course Contents
1
MICROWAVE MEASUREMENTS: Detection of microwaves, Microwave power measurement, Impedance measurement, Measurement of scattering parameters, Frequency measurement, VSWR measurements. Introduction to microstrip lines, Parallel striplines, Coplanar striplines, Shielded striplines, Slot lines, Integrated Fin line, Non-radiative guide, Transitions, Bends and Discontinuities. MICROWAVE NETWORK ANALYSIS: Impedance and Admittance matrices, Scattering matrix, Reciprocal networks and Loss less networks parameters, ABCD Matrix, Equivalent circuits for Two port Network, Conversions between two port network Signal flow graphs, Discontinuities in waveguides and microstrip. MICROWAVE SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES: Construction, Operation and Practical applications of PIN diode, varactor and Tunnel diode, Gunn diode, IMPATT, TRAPTT diodes, BJT, JFET, MESFET, CCD, MASER and LASER. MONOLITHIC MICOWAVE INTEGRATED CIRCUITS: Introduction, Materials, MMIC Growth,MOSFET fabrication, Thin film formation, Hybrid integrated circuit fabrication, Advantages and Difficulties of MICs. Total
II III
IV
V
Total Contact Hrs. 7 7 7
7
7 35
Reference Books: S.Y.Liao-'Microwave Devices and ckts', Prentice Hall of India. K.C. Gupta-'Microwaves', New Age International. R.E. Collin-'Foundations for Mocrowave Engineering', Mc-Graw Hill. T.C. Edwards-'Foundation for Micostrip circuit Design', John Wiley and Sons. B.Bhat and S.K. Koul-'Stripline like Transmision Lines for Microwave Integrated Circuits, Wiley Eastern Limited EC 303
MICROWAVE ENGINEERING-I
C(L,T,P) =4(3,1,0)
Unit
Course Contents
1
WAVE GUIDES: Introduction of Microwaves and their applications. Rectangular Waveguides, Solution of Wave equation in TE and TM modes. Power transmission and Power losses. Excitation of modes in Rectangular waveguides, circular waveguides: Basic idea of TE and TM modes, field patterns, TEM mode of propagation. WAVEGUIDE COMPONENTS: Scattering matrix representation of networks. Rectangular cavity and circular cavity resonators. Waveguide Tees, Magic Tees. Hybrid rings. Waveguide corners, Bends and twists. Directional couplers, Circulators and isolators. KLYSTRONS: Limitation of conventional vacuum tubes, Construction and operation of two cavity and multicavity klystrons. Velocity modulation and electron bunching (analytical treatment), Applegate diagram and applications of two cavity klystrons. Construction, working and operation of Reflex klystron. Applications and practical considerations. Velocity modulation, power output and frequency characteristics of a Reflex klystron. Electron admittance. TRAVELLING WAVE TUBES (TWT): Construction, operation and practical consideration of helix type TWT. Introduction to CW power, pulsed dual mode TWT. Coupled cavity TWT. Applications of TWT. MAGNETRON: Types of Magnetron. Construction, operation, analysis and practical consideration of cavity or traveling wave magnetron. Introduction to coaxial, frequency angle and voltage tunable magnetrons. Backward cross field oscillator, Forward wave cross field amplifier. Total
II
III
IV
V
Total Contact Hrs. 7
7
7
7
7
35
Reference Books: S.Y. Laio - 'Microwave devices and Circuits', Prentice-Hall of India. H.J. Reich - 'Microwave Principles', East-West Press. R.E. Collin-'Foundations for microwave Engineering', Mc-Graw Hill. Sisodia, V.L. Gupta - 'Microwave Engineering', New Age.
EC304
ADVANCED MICROPROCESSORS
C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)
Unit
Course Contents
1
8086 ARCHITECTURE- Hardware specifications, Pins and signals, Internal data operations and Registers, Minimum and maximum mode, System Bus Timing, Linking and execution of Programs,Assembler Directives Syllabus ECE2012-13
Total Contact Hrs. 7
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
32
and operators. SOFTWARE and INSTRUCTION SET- Assembly language programming: addressing mode and instructions of 8086, MACRO programming, 8086 interrupts. ANALOG INTERFACING: A/D and D/A converter interfacing, keyboard and display interfacing, RS 232 and IEEE 488 communication standards. DIGITAL INTERFACING: Programmable parallel ports, Interfacing microprocessor to keyboard and alphanumeric displays, Memory interfacing and Decoding , DMA controller. MULTIPROCESSOR CONFIGURATIONS - Multiuser / Multitasking operating system concepts, 8086 based Multiprocessor systems. Introduction and basic features of 286, 386, 486 and Pentium processors. Total
II III IV V
7 7 7 7 35
Reference Books: Dougtas V.Hall- Microprocessors and Interfacing: Programming and Hardware, Tata Mc-Graw Hill. Yu-Cheng Liu, Glenn A.Gibson- Microprocessor systems: The 8086/8088', Prentice Hall of India. A.K. ray, K.H. Bhurchand- Advanced Microprocessor and Peripherals, Tata Mc-Graw Hill. EC 305
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)
Unit
Course Contents
1
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS: Basic differential amplifier analysis, Single ended and double ended configurations, Op-amp configurations with feedback, Op-amp parameters, Inverting and Non- Inverting configuration, Comparators, Adder. OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER APPLICATIONS: Integrator, Differentiator, Voltage to frequency and Frequency to voltage converters. Oscillators: Phase shift, Wein bridge, Quadrature, square wave, triangular wave, saw tooth oscillators. Voltage controlled oscillators. ACTIVE FILTERS: Low pass, high pass, band pass and band reject filters, All pass filter, Switched capacitor filter, Butterworth filter design, and Chebyshev Filter design. PHASE-LOCKED LOOPS: Operating Principles of PLL, Linear Model of PLL, Lock range, Capture range, Applications of PLL as FM detector, FSK demodulator, AM detector, frequency translator, phase shifter, tracking filter, signal synchronizer and frequency synthesizer, Building blocks of PLL, LM 565 PLL. LINEAR IC’s: Four quadrant multiplier and its applications, Basic blocks of linear IC voltage regulators, Three terminal voltage regulators, Positive and negative voltage regulators. The 555 timer as astable and monostable multivibrators. Zero crossing detector, Schmitt trigger. Total
II
III IV
V
Total Contact Hrs. 7
7
7 7
7
35
Reference Books: R.A. Gayakwad-Op-amplifiers and Linear ICs, Prentice Hall of India. Taubay-Operational Amplifiers. K.R. Botkar-Integrated Circuits. Pearson Education. EC 306
DIGITAL COMMUNICATION
C(L,T,P) =4(3,1,0)
Unit
Course Contents
1
PCM and DELTA MODULATION SYSTEMS: Uniform and Non-uniform quantization. PCM and delta modulation, Signal to quantization noise ratio in PCM and delta modulation. DPCM, ADM, T1 Carrier System, Matched filter detection. Error probability in PCM system. BASE BAND TRANSMISSION: Line coding (RZ, NRZ): Polar,Bipolar,Manchester,AMI. Inter symbol interference, Pulse shaping, Nyquist criterion, Raised cosine spectrum. DIGITAL MODULATION TECHNIQUES: Geometric interpretation of signals,Orthogonalization. ASK, BPSK, BFSK, QPSK, MSK modulation techniques and Coherent detection of these techniques. Calculation of error probabilities. INFORMATION THEORY: Amount of Information, Average Information, Entropy, Information rate, Increase in Average information per bit by coding, Shannon's Theorem and Shannon's bound, Capacity of a Gaussian Channel, BW-S/N trade off, CODING: Coding and decoding of Information, Hamming code, Single Parity-Bit Code, Linear Block code, cyclic code and convolutional code. Total
II III
IV
V
Total Contact Hrs. 7
7 7
7
7 35
Reference Books: H.Taub and D.L. schilling-'Principles of communication System', Tata Mc-Graw Hill. Simon Haykin-'Communication Systems', John Wiley and Sons. B.P. Lathi-'Communication Systems', Tata Mc-Graw Hill. Proakis-'Digital Communication' Tata Mc-Graw Hill. Sklar-'Digital Communication' Pearson Education. P. Chakarbarti-'Principles of Digital Communication' Danpatrai and Sons.
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
33
EC 307
ANALOG COMMUNICATION
C(L,T,P) =4(3,1,0)
Unit
Course Contents
1
RANDOM VARIABLES AND OPERATIONS: Introduction, distribution and density functions, discrete and continuous random variables, special distributions: binominal, Poisson, uniform, exponential, normal, rayleigh.conditional distribution and density functions. Mean and variance, moments, chebyshev’s inequality, Central limit theorem, characteristic functions and moment generating function, covariance and correlation coefficient of single Random variable. AMPLITUDE MODULATION: Frequency translation, Recovery of base band signal, Spectrum and power relations in AM systems. Methods of generation and demodulation of AM-DSB, AM-DSB/SC and AM-SSB signals. Modulation and detector circuits for AM systems. AM transmitters and receivers. FREQUENCY MODULATION: Phase and freq. modulation and their relationship, Spectrum and band width of a sinusoidally modulated FM signal, phasor diagram, Narrow band and wide band FM. Generation and demodulation of FM signals. FM transmitters and receivers.. Comparison of AM, FM and PM. Pre emphasis and deemphasis. Threshold in FM, PLL demodulator. NOISE EFFECTS IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS: Resistor noise, Networks with reactive elements, Noise temperature, Noise bandwidth, effective input noise temperature, Noise figure. Noise figure and equivalent noise temperature in cascaded circuits. Calculation of signal-to-noise ratio in SSBSC, DSB-SC, DSB with carrier, Noise calculation of square law demodulator and envelope detector. Calculation of S/N ratio in FM demodulators, Super heterodyne receivers. PULSE ANALOG MODULATION: Practical aspects of sampling: Natural and flat top sampling. PAM, PWM, PPM modulation and demodulation methods, PAM-TDM. Total
II
III
IV
V
Total Contact Hrs. 7
7
7
7
7 35
Reference Books: H.Taub and D.L. Schilling-'Principles of Communication Systems', Tata Mc-Graw Hill. G.Kennedy-'Electronic Communication Systems:, John Wiely and Sons. Simon Haykin-'communication Systems'. John Wiely and Sons. B.P. Lathi-'Communication Systems:, John Wiley. Modern Digital Analog communication Systems. Louch-Digital and analog Communication, Pearson Education. Tomasi-Electronic Communication. Pearson Education. EC 308
CONTROL SYSTEMS
C(L,T,P) =4(3,1,0)
Unit
Course Contents
1
CONTROL SYSTEMS ANALYSIS and COMPONENTS: Examples and application of open loop and close loop systems. Brief idea of multivariable control system, Brief idea of Z-transform and digital control systems. Differential equations. Determination of transfer function by block diagram reduction technique and signal flow graph method. TIME RESPONSE ANALYSIS OF FIRST ORDER and SECOND ORDER SYSTEMS: Transient response analysis. Steady state error and error constants. Dynamic error and dynamic error coefficient, Performance Indices. FREQUENCY DOMAIN METHODS: Bode plot, Design specification in frequency domain and their co-relation with time domain. STABILITY OF THE SYSTEM: Absolute stability and relative stability. Routh’s stability criterion, Hurwitz criterion. Root locus method of analysis. Polar plots, Nyquist stability criterion. M and N loci, Nicholas charts. STATE VARIABLE ANALYSIS: Concepts of state, state variable and state model. State models for linear continuous time systems. Brief idea of state variable analysis in discrete time domain. Transfer functions, Solution of state equation. Concepts of controllability and observability. Total
II
III IV
V
Total Contact Hrs. 7
7
7 7
7
35
Reference Books: I J Nagrath and M Gopal: Control Systems Engineering, New Age Publication. K Atsuhiko Ogata: Modern Control Engineering, Prentice Hall of India. M. gopal: Control Systems, Tata Mc-Graw Hill. B.C.Kuo: Automatic Control Systems, Prentice Hall of India. EC 309
MICROPROCESSOR
C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)
Unit
Course Contents
1
INTRODUCTION: CPU, address bus, data bus and control bus. Input/ Output devices, buffers,encoders, latches and memories. 8085 MICROPROCESSOR ARCHITECTURE: Internal data operations and registers, pins and signals, peripheral devices and memory organization, interrupts. CISC and RISC architecture overview.
II
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Total Contact Hrs. 7 7
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
34
III
8085 MICROPROCESSOR INSTRUCTIONS: Classification, format and timing. Instruction set.Programming and debugging, 8 bit and 16 bit instructions. 8085 MICROPROCESSOR INTERFACING: 8259, 8257, 8255, 8253, 8155 chips and their applications. A/D conversion, memory, keyboard and display interface (8279). 8086/8088 MICROPROCESSOR: Hardware specifications, architecture, address spaces, clock generator, bus controller and arbiter, Minimum and maximum mode. System Bus Timing. Assembly language programming, addressing mode and instructions of 8086/8088, linking and execution of programs. MACRO programming, assembler directives and operators. Total
IV V
7 7 7
35
Reference Books: R. Gaonkar- Microprocessor Architecture, Programming and Applications, Wiely Eastern Ltd. Dougtas V.Hall- Microprocessors and Interfacing: Programming and Hardware, Tata Mc-Graw Hill. Barry B. Brey- The Intel Microprocessors: Architecture, Programming and Interfacing, Pearson Education Asia.
EC310 INDUSTRIAL ELECTRONICS
C(L,T,P) =4(3,1,0)
Unit
Course Contents
1
SEMICONDUCTOR POWER DEVICES - Basic characteristics and working of Power Diodes, Diac, SCR, Triac, Power Transistor, MOSFETs, IGBT, and GTO. RECTIFIERS and INVERTERS - Working principles of single and three phase bridge rectifiers, Voltage and current source inverters. POWER SUPPLIES: Principle of operation of choppers. Step up, Step down, Switch Mode Power Supply: Fly back converter, forward/buck converter, Boost converter and buck-boost converter. Uninterruptible Power Supply. MOTOR CONTROL: Introduction to speed control of DC motors using phase controlled converters and choppers, Basic idea of speed control of three phase induction motors using voltage and frequency control methods. STEPPER MOTOR: Variable reluctance, Permanent magnet and hybrid stepper motors. Induction and dielectric heating control. Total
II III
IV
V
Reference Books: 1. Power Electronics Principles and Applications, Joseph Vithayathil, TMH 2. Power Eletronics, Ravish Singh, TMH 3. Industrial Electronics and Control, Ttti, TMH 4. Power Electronics: Converters Applications., Mohan, Robbins, Wiley 5. Power Electronics, Moorthi, Oxford 6. Elements Of Power Electronics, Krein, Oxford 7. Power Electronics, R.S.Murthy, Pearson 8. Power Electronics: Circuits, Devices and Applications, Muhammad.H.Rashid, 9. Power Electronics, P.S.Bhimbhra, Khanna Publishers
EC 351 S. No. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
EC 352 S. No. 1. 2.
MICROWAVE ENGINEERING LAB
Total Contact Hrs. 7 7 7
7
7 35
Pearson
C(L,T,P) =1(0,0,2)
List of Experiments Study of various microwave components and instruments like frequency meter, attenuator, detector and VSWR meter. Draw V-I characteristics of microwave source like Gunn diode/ Reflex Klystron. Measurement of frequency and wavelength in a rectangular waveguide. Measurement of VSWR (small as well as large values) and reflection coefficient. Measure unknown impedance with smith chart. Draw the following characteristics of Gunn Diode (i) Output power and frequency as a function of voltage (ii) Square wave modulation by PIN diode. Drawing polar pattern of Horn antenna. To observe the action of directional coupler and its use in separating incident and reflected wave. Study of Magic Tee, Circulator, isolator Study of spectrum analyzer and its use in observing the response of (i) High frequency amplifier (ii) Low pass, high pass, band pass, band reject filters. ADVANCED COMMUNICATION LAB
C(L,T,P) =1(0,0,2)
List of Experiments (a) To observe sampling of analog signal. Identify and solve the aliasing problem. (b) To observe the Transmission of two signals over a single channel using sampling methods. TDM-PAM: Modulation and demodulation.
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
35
3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12.
EC 353 S. No.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
EC354 S. No.
Operation of a PCM encoder and decoder. TDM-PCM: Modulation and demodulation. Observe the performance of a Delta modulation system and to derive from it a delta sigma modulation system. To generate and study the various data formatting schemes (Unipolar, Bi-polar, Manchester,AMI etc.). Generate ASK signals, with and without carrier suppression. Demodulation of these two types of modulated signal. Generate the FSK wave forms and demodulate the FSK signals based on the properties of (a) Tuned circuits (b) PLL Generate the PSK signals and demodulate it. Simulation using any virtual Instrumentation Software: To carry out convolution in both continuous time and discrete time systems. Companding and multiplexing of PCM signals. Perform various keying Techniques: PSK, ASK, FSK and MSK.
ELECTRONIC ENGINEERING DESIGN LAB
C(L,T,P) =1(0,0,2)
List of Experiments To design the following circuits, assemble these on bread board and test them. Simulation of these circuits with the help of appropriate software. Op-Amp characteristics and get data for input bias current, measure the output-offset voltage and reduce it to zero and calculate slew rate. Op-Amp in inverting and non-inverting modes. Op-Amp as scalar, summer and voltage follower. Op-Amp as differentiator and integrator. Design LPF and HPF using Op-Amp 741 Design Band Pass and Band reject Active filters using Op-Amp 741. Design Oscillators using Op-Amp (i) RC phase shift (ii) Hartley (iii) Colpitts Design (i) Astable (ii) Monostable multivibrators using IC-555 timer Design Triangular and square wave generator using 555 timer. Design Amplifier (for given gain) using Bipolar Junction Transistor.
SIGNAL PROCESSING LAB-I
C(L,T,P) =1(0,0,2)
List of Experiments
Simulation in MATLAB Environment: Generation of continuous and discrete elementary signals (periodic and non-periodic) using mathematical expression. Generation of Continuous and Discrete Unit Step Signal. Generation of Exponential and Ramp signals in Continuous & Discrete domain. Continuous and discrete time Convolution (using basic definition). Adding and subtracting two given signals. (Continuous as well as Discrete signals) To generate uniform random numbers between (0, 1). To generate a random binary wave. To generate random sequences with arbitrary distributions, means and variances for following : (a) Rayleigh distribution (b) Normal distributions: N(0,1). (c) Gaussion distributions: N (mx, σx2) To plot the probability density functions. Find mean and variance for the above distributions
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
9
EC 355 S. No. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12.
MICROPROCESOR LAB
C(L,T,P) =1(0,0,2)
List of Experiments Study the hardware, functions, memory structure and operation of 7085 microprocessor kit. Program to perform integer division: (i) 8-bit by 8-bit (ii) 16-bit by 8-bit. Transfer of a block of data in memory to another place in memory in the direct and reverse order. Searching a number in an array and finding its parity. Sorting of array in: (i) Ascending (ii) Descending order Programme to perform following conversion: (i) BCD to ASCII (ii) BCD to Hexadecimal Programme to multiply two 8-bit numbers. Programme to generate and sum 15 fibanocci numbers. Programme for rolling display of message “INDIAN”. To insert a number at correct place in a sorted array. Serial and Parallel data transfer on output port 8155 and 8255 and designing of disco light, running light, and sequential lights on off by above hardware. Generation of different waveform on 8253/ 8254 programmable timer.
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
36
EC 356 INDUSTRIAL ELECTRONICS LAB
C(L,T,P) =1(0,0,2)
1.
Study the characteristics of SCR. 1.1 Observe the terminal configuration. 1.2 Measure the breakdown voltage. 1.3 Measure latching and holding current. 1.4 V-I characteristics. 2. Perform experiment on triggering circuits for SCR 2.1 R-triggering circuit. 2.2 R-C triggering circuit. 2.3 UJT triggering circuit. 3. Study and obtain the characteristics of Diac. 4. Study and obtain the waveforms for single-phase half-wave controlled converter. 5. Study and obtain the wave forms for single-phase half controlled symmetrical and asymmetrical bridge converters. 6. Study and obtain the waveforms for single-phase fully controlled bridge converter. 7. Study and obtain the waveforms for voltage-commutated chopper. 8. Study and obtain the wave forms for current-commutated chopper. 9. Perform experiment of single phase PWM inverter. 10. Perform experiment on buck, boost and buck-boost regulators. 11. 12 Perform experiment on Motor control-open loop and closed loop.
EC 357 S. No. 1. 2. 3. 4.
COMMUNICATION LAB
C(L,T,P) =1(0,0,2)
List of Experiments Harmonic analysis of a square wave of a modulated wave form. Observe the Amplitude modulated wave form and measure modulation index. Demodulation of AM signal. Generation and Demodulation of DSB – SC signal. Modulate a sinusoidal signal with high frequency carrier to obtain FM signal. Demodulation of the FM signal. To observe the following in a transmission line demonstrator kit: (a) The propagation of pulse in non reflecting transmission line. (b) The effect of losses in transmission line. (c) Transmission with standing waves on a Transmission line. (d) The resonance characteristics of a half-wave length long X-mission line. (a) To observe the operation of sampling and sample and hold circuits. (b) To study the effect of sampling time (sampling pulse width). (c) To study the effects of changing the sampling frequency and observing aliasing phenomena. To study and observe the operation of a super heterodyne receiver. To study and observe the amplitude response of automatic gain controller (AGC ). PAM, PWM and PPM: Modulation PAM, PWM and PPM: Demodulation.
5.
6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
EC 401
ANTENNA AND WAVE PROPAGATION
C(L,T,P) =4(3,1,0)
Unit
Course Contents
1
ANTENNA FUNDAMENTALS - Antenna parameters, Radiation from a current element in free space. Quarter and half wave antenna. Reciprocity theorem. Resonant and non-resonant antenna. Effective length and aperature, gain, beamwidth, directivity, radiation resistance, efficiency, polarization, impedance and directional characteristics of antenna, antenna temperature. ANTENNAS - V and Rhombic antennas, Folded dipole, Yagi-Uda antenna, Frequency independent antennas, Logperiodic antennas,UHF and Microwave antennas- Antenna with parabolic reflectors, Horn and Lens antennas, Helical antennas, Square and Circular loop antennas, Fundamentals of Slot and Microstrip antennas. ANTENNA ARRAYS - Two element array, N-element linear arrays, Broadside, End fire,collinear and combination arrays, Multiplication of patterns, Binomial arrays. Effect of ground on antennas, Antenna loading. Antenna Measurements - Antenna impedance, radiation pattern, gain, directivity, polarization and phase measurements RADIO WAVE PROPAGATION - Mechanism of radio wave propagation, Reflection, Refraction interference and diffraction of radio waves. Theory of ground wave, space wave and sky wave propagation. Plane earth reflection, Reflection factors for horizontal and vertical polarizations. Duct propagation and tropospheric scattering. Various Ionospheric layers. Characteristics of ionosphere and its effects on wave propagation. Critical frequency, Virtual height, skipzone and maximum usable frequency. Multiple hop transmission. Oblique and vertical incidence transmission. Effect of earth's magnetic field, solar activity and meteorological conditions on wave propagation. Total
II
III
IV
V
Total Contact Hrs. 7
7
7
7
7
35
Reference Books: J.D. Kraus, 'Antennas', Mc-Graw Hill. C.A. Balanis, 'Antenna Theory', Harper and Row. K.D. Prasad, 'Antenna and Wave Propagation', SATYA Prakashan, New Delhi. E.C. Jordan and K.g. Balmain, 'Electromagnetic waves and Radiating Systems', Prentice hall of India. R.e. Collin, 'Antennas and Radio Wave Propagation', Mc-Graw Hill.
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
37
EC 402
OPTICAL COMMUNICATION
C(L,T,P) =4(3,1,0)
Unit
Course Contents
1
OPTICAL FIBERS - Basic optical laws and definitions, Principles of light propagation in fibers, Ray theory, Optical fiber modes and configurations, Step index and graded index fibers, Monomode and multimode fibers, Fiber materials, fiber fabrication, Fiber optic cables. Attenuation, signal distortion in optical fibers, Dispersion-intra modal and inter modal, Dispersion shifted and flattened fiber. OPTICAL SOURCES - LED’s- Structure, Materials, Characteristics, Modulation, Power and efficiency, Laser Diodes - Basic concept, Hetro Structure, properties and modulation. OPTICAL DETECTORS - PIN and Avalanche photo diodes, photo detector noise, detector response time, Avalanche multiplication noise. Photo diode materials. Fundamental of Optical Receiver Operation. OPTICAL FIBER COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS- Source to fiber coupling, fiber to fiber joints, fiber splicing, fiber connectors. Principal components. Link design calculation, Applications, Wavelength division multiplexing. OPTICAL FIBER MEASUREMENTS: Measurements of Fiber attenuation, Dispersion, refractive index profile, Numerical aperture and diameter. Total
II III IV
V
Total Contact Hrs. 7
7 7 7
7 35
Reference Books: Gerd Keiser-Optical Fiber Communications, Tata Mc-Graw lHill. J.N. Senior-Optical Fiber Communications, Prentice Hall of India. J.Gowar-Optical Communications system, Prentice hall of India. J.Wilson and Hawkes-Opto Electronics-An Introduction, Prentice Hall of India. Joseph C. Palais-Fiber Optic Communications, LPE, Pearson Education Asia. EC 403
WIRELESS COMMUNICATION
C(L,T,P) =4(3,1,0)
Unit
Course Contents
1
PROPAGATION PHENOMENA - Fundamentals of fading, Multipath channels, Spread Spectrum signals: Directsequence spread spectrum signals, p-n sequences, Frequency-hopped spread spectrum signals, Code-division multiplexing. LINE OF SIGHT MICOWAVE COMMUNICATION- Link Engineering, Frequency planning, Free space loss, Fresnel zone clearance bending of radio beam, Effective earth radius, Building blocks of Transmitter and Receiver. MULTIPLE ACCESS TECHNIQUES - FDMA, TDMA and CDMA with reference to mobile radio and satellite systems. TDMA based networks. CDMA based networks, CELLULAR WIRELESS NETWORKS-, GSM: Introduction, overview of the GSM systems, GSM codec, channel coding and interleaving, radio like control. Cordless systems and WLL, Mobile IP, Wireless access protocol. Wireless LAN’s: Technology, IEEE 702.11 standards and Blue tooth., Broadband Wireless 702.16 SATELLITE COMMUNICATION - Elements of satellite communication: Frequency bands, Transmission and multiplexing. Modulation, Multiple access. Satellite orbit and description- orbital period and velocity, effects of orbital inclination, Azimuth and elevation, Coverage angle and slant range, Geostationary orbit, Satellite description. Earth Station antenna, high-power amplifier, low-noise amplifier, up converter, down converter, monitoring and control, reliability. Satellite Link: basic link analysis, Total
II III IV
V
Total Contact Hrs. 7
7 7 7
7
35
Reference Books: Reppaport-Wireless Communication, Pearson Education. William Stallings- Wireless communication and Networks, LPE, Pearson Education, Asia. Tri. T. Ha.- Digital Satellite Communications, Mc-Graw Hill International. Dr.Kamilo Feher-Digital Wireless Communication, Prentice Hall of India. William C.Y. Le-Mobile Cellular Telecommunications, Mc-Graw Hill Interational Edition. Richharia M-Satellite Communication System, Mac Millan. EC 404
RADAR AND TV ENGINEERING
C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)
Unit
Course Contents
1
RADAR - Radar Block diagram, frequencies and applications. Radar range equation. Continuous wave (CW) and FM radar; Moving target indicator (MTI): Delay line cancellers, blind velocity Pulse Doppler Radar. Tracking radar sequential lobbing, Conical scan and monopulse radar, Types of display, Radar receivers, Noise figure. NAVIGATIONAL AIDS - Principle of operation of Radar direction finder and range system.LORAN system, DME, TACAN, Aircraft landing systems. TV ENGINEERING- Theory of scanning standards, Principles of Monochrome and colour T.V. system (PAL, SECAM, NTSC). Composite video signal analysis. T.V Cameras: Image orthicon, plumbicon, vidicon. CCD camera tubes. Types of Monochrome and colour picture tubes, set-up adjustments. LCD and Plasma displays Picture, colour and sound carriers. Vestigial side band transmission. Encoding picture information. Chrominance modulation. Compatibility of colour and monochrome T.V. systems. Block diagram of T.V.
II III
IV
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Total Contact Hrs. 7
7 7
7
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
38
transmitters. TV transmission and reception antennas. TV RECEIVER: Functional block diagram of T.V. receiver, R.F. Tuner, I.F. amplifier, Video detector, video amplifier, AGC, Synch. Separation, Sync. Processing and AFC. Deflection oscillators, vertical and horizontal deflection and sound system circuits. EHT generation. Common faults and their diagnosis. Basic idea of HDTV, DBS-TV and 3D-TV. Total
V
7
35
Reference Books: M.I.Skolink - 'Introduction to Radar System', Mc-Graw Hill. N.S. Nagaraja - 'Elements of Electronic navigation', Tata Mc-Graw hill. R.R. Gulati - Monochromic and Colour Television, Wiley Eastem. Dhake - television Engineering. Tata Mc-Graw Hill
EC 405
MICROCONTROLLER AND EMBEDDED SYSTEMS
C(L,T,P) =4(3,1,0)
Unit
Course Contents
1
THE 8051 MICROCONTROLLER: Introduction, The 8051 microcontroller hardware. I/O pins, Port, External memory. Counters and Timers, Serial data. Interputs. 8051 ASSEMBLY LANGUAGE PROGRAMMING: Addressing modes, External data moves, push and pop opcides, Logical operations, Byte level and bit level logival operations. Arithmetic operations, Jump and call instructions, Interrupts and returns. REAL TIME CONTROL: Interrupts, Multiple sources of interrupts, Non maskable sources of interrupts, Interrupt structure in 8051,Timers,Free running counter & Real Time control .. SYSTEM DESIGN AND INTRODUCTION TO REAL TIME OPERATING SYSTEMS: Serial I/O interface, Parallel I/O ports interface, Digital and Analog interfacing methods, LED array, keyboard, Printer, Flash memory interfacing. Round robin with interrupts, RTOS Architecture, Task and task states, Semphores and shared data. INTRODUCTION TO EMBEDED SYSTEM: Application of Microcontrollers in interfacing, Robotics, MCU based measuring instruments. Real Time Operating System for System Design, Multitasking System, Task Definition in a Multitasking System, Round Robin Scheduling, Full Pre-emptive Scheduling, Basic study and Features of Commercial RTOS : WINCE and Embedded Linux. Total
II
III IV
V
Total Contact Hrs. 7 7
7 7
7
35
Reference Books: K.N. Ayala-The 8051 Microcontroller. Penram International. M.A. Mazidi and J.G. Mazidi-The 8051 Microcontroller and Embedded Systems, Pearson Education Asia. David simon-An Embedded software Primer. Pearson Education Asia. J.W. Valvano Brooks/Cole-Embedded Microcomputer Systems Thomson LearningTM EC 406 VHDL
C(L,T,P) =4(3,1,0)
Unit Course Contents
INTRODUCTION – Fundamental and history of various hardware description language, Design flow of ASICs and and standard logic circuits using software. COMBINATIONAL CIRCUIT BUILDING BLOCKS- Multiplexer, Decoders, encoders, Code Converters, VHDL Code for Combinational Circuits. SEQUENCIAL CIRCUITS: VHDL code for Flip-Flops, shift registers, Counters. SYNCHRONOUS/ ASYNCHRONOUS SEQUENCIAL CIRCUITS: Mealy and Moore type FSMs, VHDL Code for Mealy and Moore Machines, VHDL Codes for Serial Adder, Vending Machine. DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN- Building Block circuits, Memory organization, SRAM, Design examples of divider, Multiplier, Shifting and Sorting Operations, Clock Synchronization, CPU organization and design concepts. Total
1 II III IV V
Total Contact Hrs. 7 7 7 7 7 35
Reference Books: Stephen Brown and Zvonki Vranesic-Fundamentals of Digital Logic circuit VHDL Design, Tata Mc-Graw Hill. Z.Navabi-Analysis and Modeling of Digital Systems, Tata Mc-Graw Hill. D.L.Perry-VHDL 3rd cd., Tata Mc-Graw Hill. Morris Mano-Digital Logic and Computer Design, Prentice Hall of India. EC 407 Unit
VLSI DESIGN Course Contents
Syllabus ECE2012-13
C(L,T,P) =4(3,1,0) Total Contact Hrs. Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
39
1
INTRODUCTION TO MOS TECHNOLOGY- Basic MOS transistors, Enhancement Mode transistor action, Depletion Mode transistor action, NMOS and CMOS fabrication. BASIC ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES OF MOS CIRCUITS- Ids versus Vds relationship, Aspects of threshold voltage, Transistor Transconductance gm. The nMOS inverter, Pull up to Pull-down ratio for a NMOS Inverter and CMOS Inverter (Bn/Bp), MOS transistor circuit Model, Noise Margin. CMOS LOGIC CIRCUITS- The inverter, Combinational Logic, Nand Gate NOR gate, Compound Gates, 2 input CMOS Multiplexer, Memory latches and registers, Transmission Gate, Gate delays, CMOS-Gate Transistor sizing, Power dissipation. Basic physical design of simple Gates and Layout issues. Layout issues for inverter, Layout for Nand and NOR Gates, Complex Logic gates Layout, Layout optimization for performance. Introduction to VHDL, Prolog and other design tools. VHDL Code for simple Logic gates, flip-flops, shift registers. Total
II
III
IV V
7 7
7
7 7 35
Reference Books: Stephen Brown and Zvonlo Veranesic-Fundamentals of Digital Logic with VLSI Design, Tata Mc-Graw Hill. Neil H.E. Weste, Kamran Eshraghian-Principles of CMOS VLSI Design. Douglas A. Pucknell, Kamran Eshraghian-Basic VLSI Design. Michael John, Sebastian Smith-Application specific Integrated Circuit. Behzad Razavi-Design of Analog CMOS Integrated Circuits, Mc-Graw Hill. EC 409
DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING
C(L,T,P) =4(3,1,0)
Unit
Course Contents
1
SAMPLING - Discrete time processing of Continuous-time signals, continuous-time processing of discrete-time signals, changing the sampling rate using discrete-time processing. TRANSFORM ANALYSIS OF LTI SYSTEMS - Introduction, The frequency response of LTI systems, System functions for systems characterized by LCCD (Linear Constant Coefficient Difference) equations, All-pass system, Minimum-Phase systems, Linear systems with linear phase. STRUCTURES FOR DISCRETE-TIME SYSTEMS- Block diagram and signal flow graph representation of LCCD (LCCD – Linear Constant Coefficient Difference) equations, Basic structures for IIR and FIR systems, Transposed forms. FILTER DESIGN TECHNIQUES - Introduction, Analog filter Design: Butterworth and Chebyshev.IIR filter design by impulse invariance and bilinear transformation. Design of FIR filters by Windowing: Rectangular, Hanning, Hamming and Kaiser. The Discrete Fourier transforms (DFT), Properties of the DFT, Linear Convolution using DFT. Efficient computation of the DFT: Decimation–in-Time and Decimation-in frequency FFT Algorithms. Processing of speech signals: Vocoders, linear predictive coders. Total
II
III
IV
V
Total Contact Hrs. 7 7
7
7
7
35
Reference Books: Schafer, Buck-Discrete Time signal Processing, Pearson Education Asia. Prokis and Monolakis-Digital Signal Processing: Principles, Algorithms and Application, Prentice hall of India. S.K. Mitra-Digital Signal Processing. Tata Mc-Graw Hill. Lathi-Signal Processing and Linear System, Oxford Univ Pren EC 411
IC TECHNOLOGY
C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)
Unit
Course Contents
1
INTRODUCTION TO TECHNOLOGIES- Semiconductor Substrate-Crystal defects, Electronic Grade Silicon, Czochralski Growth, Float Zone Growth, Characterization and evaluation of Crystals; Wafer Preparation- Silicon Shaping, Etching and Polishing, Chemical cleaning. DIFFUSION and ION IMPLANTATION- Ficks diffusion Equation in One Dimension, Atomic model, Analytic Solution of Ficks Law, correction to simple theory , Diffusion in SiO2. Ion Implantation and Ion Implantation Systems Oxidation. Growth mechanism and Deal-Grove Model of oxidation, Linear and Parabolic Rate co-efficient, Structure of SiO2, Oxidation techniques and system, Oxide properties. CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION and LAYER GROWTH- CVD for deposition of dielectric and polysilicon – a simple CVD system, Chemical equilibrium and the law of mass action, Introduction to atmospheric CVD of dielectric, low pressure CVD of dielectric and semiconductor. Epitaxy-Vapour Phase Expitaxy, Defects in Epitaxial growth, Metal Organic Chemical Vapor Deposition, Molecular beam epitaxy. PATTERN TRANSFER- Introduction to photo/optical lithography, Contact/ proximity printers, Projection printers, Mask generation, photoresists. Wet etching, Plasma etching, Reaction ion etching. VLSI PROCESS INTEGRATION- Junction and Oxide Isolation, LOCOS methods, Trench Isolation, SOI; Metallization, Planarization. Fundamental consideration for IC Processing, NMOS IC Technology, CMOS IC Technology, Bipolar IC Technology. Total
II
III
IV V
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Total Contact Hrs. 7
7
7
7 7
35
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
40
Reference Books: S.M. Sze-VLSI Technology, Tata Mc-Graw Hill. D. Nagchoudhary-principles of Microelectronic Technology, Wheeler Publishing. Stephen A Campbell-The Science and Engineering of Microelectronic Fabrication, Oxford University Press. Hong Xiao-Introduction to Semiconductor Manufacturing, Prentice Hall India. Kang- CMOS circuit design, Tata Mc-Graw Hill. Razoni-Design of CMOS Analog Integrated Circuit. EC413 BIOMEDICAL SIGNAL PROCESSING
C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)
Unit
Course Contents
1
Introduction: Specifications of bio-medical instrumentation system, Man-Instrumentation system Components, Problems encountered in measuring a living system. Basics of Anatomy and Physiology of the body. Bioelectric potentials: Resting and action potentials, propagation of action potential, The Physiological potentials – ECG, EEG, EMG, ERG, EOG and Evoked responses. Electrodes and Transducers: Electrode theory, Biopotential Electrodes – Surface electrodes, Needle electrodes, Microelectrodes, Biomedical Transducer. Cardiovascular Measurements: Electrocardiography – ECG amplifiers, Electrodes and Leads, ECG –Single channel, Three channel, Vector Cardiographs, ECG System for Stresses testing, Holter recording, Blood pressure measurement, Heart sound measurement. Pacemakers and Defibrillators. Patient Care and Monitoring: Elements of intensive care monitoring, displays, diagnosis, Calibration and Reparability of patient monitoring equipment. Respiratory system Measurements: Physiology of Respiratory system. Measurement of breathing mechanism – Spirometer. Respiratory Therapy equipments: Inhalators, Ventilators and Respirators, Humidifiers, and Nebulizers and Aspirators. Nervous System Measurements: Physiology of nervous system, Neuronal communication, Neuronal firing measurements. Ophthalmology Instruments: Electroretinogram, Electro - oculogram, Ophthalmoscope, Tonometer for eye pressure measurement. Diagnostic techniques: Ultrasonic diagnosis, Eco - cardiography, Eco-encephalography, Ophthalmic scans, X-ray and Radio-isotope diagnosis and therapy, CAT-Scan, Emission computerized tomography, MRI. Bio-telemetry: The components of a Bio-telemetry system, Implantable units, Telemetry for ECG measurements during exercise, for Emergency patient monitoring. Prosthetic Devices and Therapies: Hearing Aides, Myoelectric Arm, Dia-thermy, Laser applications in medicine. Total
II
III
IV
V
Total Contact Hrs. 7
7
7
7
7
35
TEXT BOOKS: 1. R. S. Khandpur, “Biomedical Instrumentation”, TMH 2. S. K. Venkata Ram, “Bio-Medical Electronics andInstrumentation (Revised)”, Galgotia. 3. J. G. Webster (editor), “Medical Instrumentation Application and Design”, 3rd Ed WILEY, India REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Cromwell, “Biomedical Instrumentation and Measurements” PHI 2. J. G. Webster, “Bio- Instrumentation”, Wiley 3. S. Ananthi, “A Text Book of Medical Instruments”, New Age International 4. Carr and Brown, “Introduction to Biomedical Equipment Technology”, Pearson 5. Pandey and Kumar, “Biomedical Electronics and Instrumentation”, Kataria EC 415 IMAGE PROCESSING AND PATTERN RECOGNITION
C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)
Unit Course Contents
1 II III
IV
V
Total Contact Hrs. INTRODUCTION: Imaging in ultraviolet and visible band. Fundamental steps in image processing. Components in image 7 processing. Image perception in eye, light and electromagnetic spectrum, Image sensing and acquisition using sensor array. DIGITAL IMAGE FUNDAMENTALS: Image sampling and quantization, Representing digital images, Spatial and gray- 7 level resolution, Aliasing and Moiré patterns, Zooming and Shrinking digital images. IMAGE RESTORATION: Image restoration model, Noise Models, Spatial and frequency properties of noise, noise 7 probability density functions, Noise - only spatial filter, Mean filter Statistic filter and adaptive filter, Frequency domain filters - Band reject filter, Band pass filter and Notch filter. IMAGE COMPRESSION: Compression Fundamentals - Coding Redundancy, Interpixel redundancy, Psycho visual 7 redundancy and Fidelity criteria. Image Compression models, Source encoder and decoder, Channel encoder and decoder, Lossy compression and compression standards. color space formats, scaling methodologies (like horizontal, vertical up/down scaling). Display format (VGA, NTSC, PAL). EXPERT SYSTEM AND PATTERN RECOGNITION: Use of computers in problem solving, information 7 representation, searching, theorem proving, and pattern matching with substitution. Methods for knowledge representation, searching, spatial, temporal and common sense reasoning, and logic and probabilistic inferencing. Applications in expert systems and robotics Total 35
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
41
Reference Books: Rafael C. Gonzalez-Digital Image Processing, Pearson Edcation Asia. Kenneth R. Castleman-Digital Image Processing, Pearson Education Asia. Nick Effard-Digital Image Processing, Pearson Education Asia. Jain A.K.-Digital Image Processing, Prentice hall of India. Sonka, Hlavac and Boyle-Image Processing. analysis and machine Vision, Thomas Learning. EC 451 S. No.
SIGNAL PROCESSING LAB-II
C(L,T,P) =1(0,0,2)
List of Experiments Modeling and simulation using MAT LAB To carry out convolution in both continuous time and discrete time systems. Realising a given block diagram having multiplier, adder/subtractor and system (Discrete/Continuous) with given Impulse response. Calculating output for given input. Perform various keying Techniques: PSK, ASK, FSK & MSK. To simulate the transmitter and receiver for BPSK To design and simulate FIR digital filter (LP/HP). To design and simulate IIR digital filter (LP/HP). DSP Lab using TMS320C6XXX DSP Kits To study the architecture of TMS320C6XXX DSP kits using Bloom with DSP. To generate wave form (SINE, COSINE, SQUARE & TRIANGULAR). Verification of Sampling Theorem. Verification of linear/circular convolution.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10 EC 452
OPTICAL FIBER LAB
C(L,T,P) =1(0,0,2)
S. No. 1 2 3 4 5.
List of Experiments To perform following experiments based on Fiber Optic Trainer. To set up Fiber Optic Analog link. To set up fiber Optic Digital link. Measurement of Propagation loss and numerical aperture. Characterization of laser diode and light emitting diode.
EC 453 S. No. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5-6. 7-8. 9-10. 11-12.
MICROCONTROLLER LAB List of Experiments Write a program to add two 2-byte numbers with a 3-byte sum. Write a program to add an array of 8 numbers using loop. Write a program to convert temperature from Fahrenheit to Centigrade. Implement a sequencer traffic light controller. Implement real time interrupt. Interface microcontroller with stepper motor and move motor by given steps. Interface, test and control LED display with Microcontroller. Implement a watchdog timer and test the same to check infinite loop.
EC 454 S. No.
1.
2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
WIRELESS COMMUNICATION LAB
C(L,T,P) =1(0,0,2)
C(L,T,P) =1(0,0,2)
List of Experiments Measurement of antenna characteristics: Radiation Pattern on polar plots, Beam width and Gain of main lobe for the following types of antennas. Half wave and quarter wave dipole Folded dipole Yagi UDA multiple element folded dipole Hertz Antenna End fire array and broad side array Helix antenna Paraboloid reflector antenna Loop antenna Ground plane antenna Log periodic antenna Rhombus antenna Slot antenna Demonstration of modeling of wire antenna using appropriate design software. Simulation of antenna arrays using appropriate software. Design and testing of microstrip rectangular patch antenna using appropriate software. Investigate the transmission characteristics of the link and measure the gain of the microstrip patch antennas. Draw the antenna radiation diagram. Radar Trainer: Working of Doppler radar, velocity of moving object, time and frequency measurement and other applications. To perform Modulation, Demodulation and BER measurement using CDMA – DSSS Trainer. To establish analog/digital communication link and transmit and receive three signals (audio, video, tone) simultaneously using
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
42
Satellite Communication Trainer. To study GPS Receiver, establishing link between GPS satellite and GPS trainer and measure of latitude and longitude
9.
EC 501 MOS VLSI
C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)
UNIT
Course Contents
1
PROCESS FLOW and MASKING STEPS FOR MOS and CMOS TECHNOLOGIES, Lambda based design rules. (1) Electrical behavior of MOS transistors, (2) Latch up in CMOS technology Layer properties of various conducting layers in MOS technology (diffusion, poly-silicon and metal): Sheet resistance, relative capacitance. Fundamental time constant () for a technology. Design and analysis of NMOS (enhancement and depletion) and CMOS inverters; rationing of transistor size, logic threshold, logic low voltage level, rise and fall of delays. DESIGN OF BASIC GATES IN NMOS TECHNOLOGY. CMOS logic design styles: static CMOS logic(and, NOR gates), complex gates, domino logic, pseudo NMOS logic ,clocked CMOS(C2 MOS) logic. STRUCTURED LOGIC DESIGN: Programmable arrays. Design of latches and flip-flops, static memory cell and dynamic memory cell. MOS scaling theory and scaling of interconnection. Total
II III IV V
Total Contact Hrs. 7 7 7 7 7 35
Reference Books: 1. Sung-Mo Kang and Yusuf Leblebici, CMOS Digital Integrated Circuits Analysis and Design, McGraw-Hill, 1998. 2. Neil H.E.Weste and Kamran Eshraghian, Principles of CMOS VLSI Design, Addison Wesley, 1998. 3. Rabaey et al., Digital Integrated Circuits, Pearson India, 2002. 4. K. Martin, Digital Integrated circuit design, Oxford University press, 2001. 5. A.Mukherji, Introduction to nMOS and CMOS VLSI system design, Prentice Hall Inc., 6. C.Mead and L.Conway, Introduction to VLSI systems, Addison Wesley, 1986. 7. Glasser and Dobberpuhl, Design and analysis of VLSI circuits, Addison Wesley, 1985. EC 502 COMPUTER-AIDED VLSI DESIGN
C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)
UNIT
Course Contents
1
INTRODUCTION :Why design ICs? Technology and economics for IC manufacturing. COMOS technologycircuit techniques,Power consumption,Design and testability. IC Design Techniques-Hierarchical design,Data abstraction and computer aided design TRANSISTORS and LAYOUT : Design Rules-Fabrication Errors,Scalable design rules, SCMOS design rules and typical process parameters. Layout Design and Tools-Layout for Circuits,Stick Diagrams,Hierarchical Stick Diagrams,Layout Design and Analysis Tools and Automated Layout. SEQUENTIAL MACHINES: Latches and FlipFlops-Categories of memory elements,Latches and Flip-Flops. Sequential Systems and clocking disciplines-One phase systems for Flip-Flops, Two-phase systems for Latches,Advanced clocking analysis and clock generation.Sequential system Design-structural specification,State Transition Graph,Tables and State assignment.Power optimization. Design validation and sequential testing. SUBSYSTEM DESIGN :Subsystem Design Principles-Pipelining and Data paths. Combinational shifter,Adders ALUs and Multipliers.High Density Memory-ROM,Static RAM, Three-Transistor DRAM and one transistor DRAM. CHIP DESIGN :Design Methodologies.Kitchen Timer chip-Timer specification and Architecture,Architecture Design.Logic design,layout design and Design Validation. Total
II
III
IV
V
Total Contact Hrs. 7
7
7
7
7 35
Reference Books: 1. Wayne Wolf: CMOS VLSI Design, PHI, 2008 2. J Bhaskar: VHDL Design, 3. Nawabi: VHDL Design, EC 503 VLSI TECHNOLOGY UNIT 1 II III IV V
C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)
Course Contents Basic IC processing steps. Crystal growth and wafer preparation. Epitaxy-basics of vacuum deposition, MBE. CVD- low and high temp/pressure depositions. Diffusion –kinetics, Ficks law, sheet resistivity methods of diffusion. Oxidation –properties of oxides, theory of oxidation, oxidation under different ambients. Ion implantation. Etching techniques. CVD of polysilicon, oxides and nitrides. Integrated circuit structures in bipolar and MOS. Introduction to process simulation, SUPREM. Total
Total Contact Hrs. 7 7 7 7 7 35
Reference Books: Syllabus ECE2012-13
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
43
1. S. M. Sze, VLSI Technology, McGRAW-HILL, 1988. 2. D. Nagchoudhuri, Principles Of Microelectronic Technology, Wheeler Publishing, 1998. 3. Stephen A. Campbell, The Science and Engineering of Microelectronic Fabrication, Oxford University Press, 1996. 4. Hong Xiao, Introduction to Semiconductor Manufacturing, Prentice Hall, 2001. 5. SK Gandhi, VLSI fabrication principles, John Wiley 1983. 6. AB Glaser, GE Subak-Sharpe, Integrated circuit engineering, Reading MA, Addison Wesley 1977 EC 504 ANALOG ICS
C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)
UNIT
Course Contents
1
REVIEW OF MOS TRANSISTOR operation models and equivalent circuits. Single-Stage Amplifiers, Differential Amplifiers. Passive and Active Current Mirrors: Cascode Current mirror, Wilson Current mirror. THEORY and DESIGN OF MOS OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER, Complete CMOS operational amplifier including frequency compensation. Comparators and Voltage Reference Sources. SWITCHED CAPACITOR CIRCUITS: Principles of operation of Switched Capacitor Circuits, Switched Capacitor Filters. D/A and A/D CONVERTERS. NONLINEAR ANALOG CIRCUITS: Timers, Function generators, Multipliers and PLL Total
II III IV V
Total Contact Hrs. 7 7 7 7 7 35
Reference Books: 1. P. R. Gray and R. G. Meyer. Analysis and Design of Analog Integrated Circuits. McGraw Hill, NY, 1994. 2. A. B. Grebene, Bipolar and MOS analog integrated circuits design. John Wiley, 1984. 3. S. Soclof. Analog Integrated Circuits. Prentice Hall Inc. , 1985. EC 505 SYSTEM LEVEL DESIGN AND MODELING OF DIGITAL SYSTEM
C(L,T,P) =(3,0,0)
UNIT
Course Contents
1
Sequential Logic Design- Introduction, Basic Bistable Memory Devices,additional bistable devices, reduced characteristics and excitation table for bistable devices. Synchronous Sequential Logic Circuit Design: Introduction, Moore, Mealy and Mixed type Synchronous State Machines. Synchronous sequential design of Moore, Melay Machines, Synchronous Counter Design. Data path and Control design. Algorithmic State Machine: An Algorithm with inputs, digital solution, Implementation of traffic light controller, ASM charts, Design Procedure for ASMs. Introduction to programmable logic devices: PALs, PLDs, CPLDs and FPGAs. Introduction to VHDL: Data types, Concurrent statements, sequential statements, behavioral modeling. Total
II III IV V
Total Contact Hrs. 7 7 7 7 7 35
Reference Books: 1. Digital System Design, Ercegovic, Wiley. 2. Richard S. Sandige, Modern Digital Design, McGraw-Hill, 1990. 3. Zvi Kohavi, Switching and Finite Automata Theory, Tata McGraw-Hill. 4. Navabi. Analysis and modeling of digital systems. McGraw Hill, 1998. 5. Perry. Modeling with VHDL. McGraw Hill, 1994. EC506 ADVANCED DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING
C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)
UNIT
Course Contents
1
DFT and ITS PROPERTIES. Decimation in time and decimation in frequency FFT algorithms, discrete cosine transform. IIR FILTER DESIGN: Butterworth design, bilinear transformation. Low Pass, High Pass, Band Pass and Band, Stop digital filters. Spectral transformation of IIR filters. FIR FILTERS DESIGN: Symmetric and antisymmetric linear phase. FIR filter by rectangular, triangular and Blackman window functions. FINITE WORD LENGTH EFFECTS IN FIR and IIR DIGITAL FILTERS: Quantization, round off errors and overflow errors. MULTI RATE DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING: Concepts, design of practical sampling rate converters, Decimators, interpolators. Polyphase decompositions. Total
II III IV V
Total Contact Hrs. 7 7 7 7 7 35
Reference Books: 1. Schafer, Buck-Discrete Time signal Processing, Pearson Education Asia. 2. Prokis and Monolakis-Digital Signal Processing: Principles, Algorithms and Application, Prentice hall of India. 3. S.K. Mitra-Digital Signal Processing. Tata Mc-Graw Hill. 4. Rabiner and Gold-Theory and Applications of Digital Signal Processing, Prentice Hall of India. Syllabus ECE2012-13
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
44
5. Lathi-Signal Processing and Linear System, Oxford Univ Pren EC 507 ADVANCED COMPUTER COMMUNICATION
C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)
Units
Course Contents
1
Introduction to Reference Models: Introduction to data communication. Concept of analog and digital signals. Bandwidth. Network architecture. Basics of OSI and TCP/IP reference models. Example architecture of other reference models. Transmission media: Wired and wireless connectivity. FDM, TDM and CDMA. Circuit and packet switching. Frame relay and ATM switching. ISDN. Local area network protocols. IEEE standards for LAN. Fibre optic networks. Satellite networks. Data link layer design issues: its functions and protocols. Protocol and Packet format: Internet protocol. Routing algorithms. Congestion control algorithms. IP addressing schemes. Internetworking and sub-netting. Transport and application layer design issues. Connection management. Transport protocol on top of X.25. File transfer and access management. Quality of Services: In ATM, IETF integrated services model, Differentiated services Model. Flow identification, Packet Classifiers and Filters, Scheduling. Factors affecting QOS parameters and service categories. QOS classes. Network Management: Network Management protocol; SNMP, CMIP, Issues in the management of large networks. Multicast: IGMP, PIM, DVMRP.Concept of Traffic and service. Traffic and service characteristics of voice and video data. ATM Traffic descriptors and QOS parameters. Elements of ATM Traffic management-Traffic contracting, policing and shaping. Total
2
3
4
5
Total Contact Hrs. 6
8
7
8
6
35
Reference Book: 1. Charle Kaufman, Radia Perlman, Mike Specines, Uyless Black 'Computer Networks: Protocols Standards and Interfaces ' PHI. 2. K.C. Mansfield,J.L. Antonakos ' An introduction to computer networking' PHI. 3. Network Systems Design using Network Processor, Douglas Comer, Pearson Education, ISBN 81-7808-994-7 4 IXP 1200 programming, Erik J. Johnson and Aaron Kunze, Intel Press. 5. Stallings: Data communication and Networking EC508 SYNTHESIS OF DIGITAL SYSTEM
C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)
UNIT
Course Contents
1
ROLE OF CAD IN DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN, levels of design and description such as behavioral, structural and physical; TECHNOLOGICAL ALTERNATIVES; languages for design description and modeling at various levels; SRAM and DRAM CELL DESIGN: Basic Cell Structures, modeling and design Equations. CAD TOOLS FOR SYNTHESIS,OPTIMIZATION, simulation and verification of design at various levels as well as for PLAs, gate arrays etc. SPECIAL REALIZATIONS and STRUCTURES such as microprogrammes Total
II III IV V
Total Contact Hrs. 7 7 7 7 7 35
Reference Books: 1. G. D. Micheli. Synthesis and optimization of digital systems. 2. Dutt, N. D. and Gajski, D. D. High level synthesis, Kluwer, 2000. 3. T. H. Cormen, C. E. Leiserson and R. L. Rivest, “Introduction to Algorithms,” McGraw-Hill, 1990. 4. N. Deo, Graph Theory, PH India. EC 509 TESTING AND FAULT TOLERANCE
C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)
UNIT
Course Contents
1
PHYSICAL FAULTS and THEIR MODELING; Stuck at Faults, Bridging Faults; Fault collapsing; Fault Simulation: Deductive, Parallel, and Concurrent Fault Simulation. Critical Path Tracing; ATPG FOR COMBINATIONAL CIRCUITS: D-Algorithm, Boolean Differences, PODEM Random, Deterministic and Weighted Random Test Pattern Generation; Aliasing and its effect on Fault Coverage. PLA Testing, Cross Point Fault Model and Test Generation. MEMORY TESTING Permanent Intermittent and Pattern Sensitive Faults, Marching Tests; Delay Faults. ATPG for Sequential Circuits: Time Frame Expansion ; Controllability and Observability Scan Design, BILBO , Boundary Scan for Board Level Testing ; BIST and TOTALLY SELF CHECKING CIRCUITS. System Level Diagnosis: Introduction; Concept of Redundancy, Spatial Redundancy, Time Redundancy, Error Correction Codes. RECONFIGURATION TECHNIQUES; Yield Modeling, Reliability and effective area utilization.
II
III
IV V
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Total Contact Hrs. 7 7
7
7 7
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
45
35
Total Reference Books:
1. Abramovici, M., Breuer, M. A. and Friedman, A. D. Digital systems testing and testable design. IEEE press (Indian edition available through Jayco Publishing house), 2001. 2. Bushnell and Agarwal, V. D. VLSI Testing. Kluwer. 3. Agarwal, V. D. and Seth, S. C. Test generation for VLSI chips. IEEE computer society press. 4. Hurst, S. L. VLSi testing: Digital and mixed analog/digital techniques. INSPEC/IEE, 1999. EC510 ISSUES IN DEEP SUB-MICRON CMOS IC DESIGN
C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)
UNIT
Course Contents
1
Introduction to concept of design, design methodologies, semi-custom and custom design approaches. Data path and control design. Elements of device and circuit simulation, logic simulation. Stick diagram and representation layout of ICs, lambda based design rules. Deep submicron interconnects modeling and synthesis. Topics in design-yield and redundancy, low power design techniques.
II III
IV
V
Total Contact Hrs. 7
7 7
7
7 35
Total Reference Books: Raguram, R. Modeling and Simulation of Electronic circuits. PHIndia, 1996. Weste and Eshraghian. Principles of CMOS VLSI design. Addison Wesley, 1998. Kang, S. M. and Leblebici, Y. CMOS Digital Integrated Circuits: Analysis and Design. Mc Graw Hill, 2000. Chandrakasan, A. P. Low-power design methodologies. IEEE Press, 1998. A.Mukherji. Introduction to NMOS and CMOS VLSI system design. Prentice Hall Inc., 1986 EC 511 MEMORY DESIGN AND TESTING
C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)
UNIT
Course Contents
1 II
Review of MOS Structure, Scaled Down MOSFET and CMOS Processing. Processing for Memories: Multipoly Floating Gate and Control Gate, Trench Capacitors and thin Oxide. Inverter Design: Choice of W/L and Noise Margin Calculation, Cascode and Differential Inverters. SRAM and DRAM Cell Design: Basic Cell Structures, modeling and design Equations. Sense Amplifiers: Necessity for Sense Amplifiers, Voltage and Current Sense Amplifiers, Reference Voltage Generation, Influence of Sense Amplifier on cell Architecture. Peripheral Circuits. Memory Testing: Modeling, Introduction to Functional Testing and Built in SelfTest. Total
III IV V
Total Contact Hrs. 7 7
7 7 7 35
Reference Books: 1.Sung-Mo Kang and Yusuf Leblebici, CMOS Digital Integrated Circuits Analysis and Design, McGraw-Hill, 1998. 2. A.Mukherji, Introduction to nMOS and CMOS VLSI system design, Prentice Hall Inc 3. Glasser and Dobberpuhl, Design and analysis of VLSI circuits, Addison Wesley, 1985. EC 512 ADVANCED IC TECHNOLOGY UNIT 1 II III
IV V
C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)
Course Contents INTRODUCTION: Tools for technological processing in microelectronics. Survey of methods for analysis of microelectronic materials and devices. CLASSIFICATION OF DIFFERENT TOOLS for bulk, surface and thin film characterization. FABRICATION OF NANOSCALE and SUBMICRON STRUCTURES: Physical and chemical techniques for nanomaterial synthesis, Assembling and self organization of nanostructures, Nanoscale manipulation, Nanotube and wire formation, Importance of size distribution control, size measurement and size selection. Fabrication of hetrostructure in submicron and quantum level for microelectronic and optical applications Total
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Total Contact Hrs. 7 7 7
7 7 35
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
46
Reference Books: AB Glaser, GE Subak-Sharpe, Integrated circuit engineering, Reading MA, Addison Wesley 1977 D. Nagchoudhuri, Principles of Microelectronic Technology, Wheeler Publishing, 1998. Stephen A. Campbell, The Science and Engineering of Microelectronic Fabrication, Oxford University Press, 1996. Hong Xiao, Introduction to Semiconductor Manufacturing, Prentice Hall, 2001. SK Gandhi, VLSI fabrication principles, John Wiley 1983. S. M. Sze, VLSI Technology, McGRAW-HILL, 1988. EC513 WIRELESS DIGITAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEM C(L,T,P) =3 (3,0,0) [ UNIT Course Contents 1 Principles of data transmission: Characterization of communication signals, signal space representation, equalization, II Binary communication systems (ASK. PSK, FSK, QPSK, QAM and M-ary modulation techniques and their representation. III Coherent and non coherent detection, carrier and symbol synchronization, bits vs symbol error probability, bandwidth efficiency.) , SNR error rates, comparison of various system, carrier and clock synchronization, Based pulsed Transmission, Nyquist criterion, Partial response signaling, Channel characterization, Effect of Inter symbol Interference, Equalization, Linear Equalization and decision feedback equalization. IV Spread Spectrum signals, synchronization of spread spectrum signals, Spread spectrum modulation: Pseudo noise sequences, Generaton of PN sequence Frequency hopped spread spectrum signals, DS and FH spread spectrum, Direct sequence spread spectrum signsls and their applications, V Basics of CDMA, Applications of CDMA to cellular communication systems, Second and third generation CDMA systems/ standards. Multicarrier CDMA, Synchronization and demodulation .Diversity techniques and rake receiver. Total
Total Contact Hrs. 7 7 7
7
7
35
Reference Books: 1. H.Taub and D.L. Schilling-'Principles of Communication Systems', Tata Mc-Graw Hill. 2. G.Kennedy-'Electronic Communication Systems:, John Wiely and Sons. 3. Simon Haykin-'communication Systems'. John Wiely and Sons. 4. B.P. Lathi-'Communication Systems:, John Wiley. 5. Louch-Digital and analog Communication, Pearson Education. 6. Tomasi-Electronic Communication. Pearson Education 7. Proakis-'Digital Communication' Tata Mc-Graw Hill. 8. Sklar-'Digital Communication' Pearson Education. 9. P. Chakarbarti-'Principles of Digital Communication' Danpatrai and Sons. EC 514 ANTENNA THEORY AND TECHNIQUES UNIT 1 II
III
IV
V
C(L,T,P) =3 (3,0,0)
Course Contents Review of the theory of electromagnetic radiation. Introduction to various antenna types wire, loop and helical antennas, analysis using assumed current distribution. Aperture antennas: slot, wave guide, horn, and reflector antennas. Analysis using field equivalence principle and Fourier transform methods. Linear arrays. Traveling wave and broadband antennas. Antenna measurements. Printed antennas: Feeding methods, transmission line and cavity models, analysis and design of rectangular and circular microstrip antenna. Arrays: pattern synthesis, planar arrays, phased arrays, Phased Array Antenna Design , Active antennas and arrays, Paraboloidal reflector antenna, different feed configurations, shaped beam antennas, lens antenna. Microstrip Lines: Introduction; Overview of strip transmission lines; methods of microstrip analysis; dispersion on microstrip line; planar waveguide model; microstrip discontinuities, junctions and associated circuit elements; microstrip loss; technology. Antennas for biomedical, mobile and infrared detectors. Total
Total Contact Hrs. 7 7
7
7
7 35
Reference Books: 1. Practical Microstrip Design and Applications: Gunter Kompa; Artech House.
EC 515 MOBILE AND CELLULAR COMMUNICATION UNIT 1
II
C(L,T,P) =3 (3,0,0)
Course Contents Introduction: Components of Mobile Communication systems, Operation of cellular system, Trunking Efficiency, Concept of Frequency reuse, Multipath propagation, Short term and Long term fading, Frequency selective fading, Signal Propagation Models. Co-Channel Interference, Techniques for reducing Co-Channel Interference, Diversity Techniques, Other Interferences-Adjacent Channel Interference, Near End Far End Interference, Cross talk, Interference between systems, Hand off Techniques, Antennas for Base Station and Mobile Units
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Total Contact Hrs. 7
7
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
47
III
Analog cellular Mobile System: Channel structures, RF power level, Modulation, Spectrum and channel Designation, Network control activity, System operation , Principal functions, Mobile scanning, registration, Call origination, Call receipt, Handoff, call termination, security and Identification, Supervisory Audio Tone (SAT) Signalling Tone (ST), Signalling Format. Digital Cellular Mobile Systems: Digital v/s Analog cellular systems, Modulation, ARQ Technique, Digital Speech coding, Digital Mobile Telephony, channel Equalization, Multiple Access SchemesFDMA, TDMA, CDMA. Introduction to Analog and Digial MARR, WLL system, 3-G Systems, Mobile Computing. Example systems: AMPS, MATS-D, CD-900, GSM, Toatl
IV
V
7
7
7 35
Reference Books: Mobile and Cellular Telecommunication by W.C.Y Lee. McGrawhill Wireless Communications by T. S Rappaport, IEEE Press Wireless and Mobile Communication Systems by D.P Agarwal and Qing Anzen, Thomson Press
EC516
INFORMATION THEORY, CODING AND COMMUNICATION THEORY
UNIT 1
C(L,T,P) =3 (3,0,0)
Course Contents Concept of Information and Entropy, Shanon’s theorms, Channel capacity Self information, Shannon’s fundamental coding theorems, Differential entropy and mutual information for discrete and continuous ensembles, Discrete and Continuous entropy, Mutual and joint information, Redundancy, source coding, Source encoding andchannel encoding, Error detection and Correction, Various codes for channel coding, Rate distortion theory, Rate Distortion functions.. Error Control coding for wireless fading channels, Channel Estimation and Adaptive channel coding, Joint Source and Channel coding. Introduction to Algebra: Groups, fields, Binary field arithmetic, Basic properties of Galois field GF (2m) and vector spaces. Channel coding and decoding: Run length limited codes, Linear block codes LBC, systematic linear codes and optimum coding for Binary symmetric channel, cyclic code, BCH code, MDS codes, BCH codes , generalized BCH codes,. Convolution code: Coding and Decoding, Distance bounds, Performance bounds, Trellis coded modulation, TCM Decoders, TCM for AWGN and Fading Wireless Channels, Performance comparison, Reed-Solomon code. The Generator and parity check matrices, Syndrome decoding and Symmetric channels, Hamming codes, Weight enumerator, Perfect codes, Idempotent andMattson Solomon polynomials, justeen codes, Viterbi decoding algorithm. Performance of linear block codes andconvolution codes, code incurable error probability Upper and lower bounds Non binary Linear Block Codes, Hard and soft decision decoding, Coding and Decoding of BCH, Reed Solomon Codes, Turbo codes: Coding, Decoding Algorithms, Performance comparison , Interleaver design Toatl
II III
IV
V
Total Contact Hrs. 7
7 7
7
7
35
Reference Books: 1. Blahut R.E., Theory and practice of error control codes, AWL1983. 2. J.G.Proakis; Digital Communication 3. Ranjan Bose; Information Theory Coding and Cryptography, TMH 4. Stephen G. Wilson; Digital Modulation and Coding, Prentice Hall Inc. EC517 MOBILE COMPUTING UNIT 1
II
III
IV
V
C(L,T,P) =3 (3,0,0)
Contents of the Subject
Total Contact Hrs
Introduction Computing Paradigms – Mobile Computing – Pervasive Computing – Distributed Computing – Centralized Computing – Network Computing – Types of Wireless Networks – Wireless Communication Technology – Signal Encoding – Spread Spectrum Technology – LOS Tower Design. Wireless Networking System Cellular Networks – 2G , 3G. CDMA and GSM. Satellite System – Broadcast System – Cordless System – Wireless Local Loop – MPLS. Wlan Standards Wireless LAN Technology – Architecture and Standards – Hyper LAN – Blue Tooth Architecture – Wideband Wireless Local Access – Wireless ATM, PAN Network Issues Adhoc Network – Characteristics – Performance Issues – Routing Protocols in Mobile and Wireless Networks – Table Driven Routing, On-Demand Routing Protocols – Mobile IP – DHCP – Mobile TCP. Application Issues Concepts for working with wireless applications. WAP – WML. Mobile Database – Content Management. Wireless Network Simulators – Case Study.
Syllabus ECE2012-13
7
7
7
7
7
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
48
Total
35
Reference Books: 1. Anna Hac, Mobile Telecommunication Protocols for Data Networks, 2003, John Wiley and Son, Ltd 2. Jochen Schille, Mobile Communications, 2003, Pearson Education Asia 3. William Stalling, Wireless Communication and Networking, 2002, Pearson Education Asia 4. Mark Beaulieu, Wireless Internetworking Applications and Architecture, 2002, Addison Wesley, Newyork 5. John R. Vacca, Wireless Broadband Networks Handbook, 2001,Tata McGraw Hill Publication Co. Ltd, New Delhi 6. Kaveh Pahlavan and Krishnamoorthy, P., Principles of Wireless Networks, 2002., Pearson Education
EC 518 TELECOMMUNICATION SWITCHING and NETWORK MANAGEMENT C(L,T,P) =3 (3,0,0) UNIT 1
II III
IV
V
Course Contents Circuit and Packet Switching: Switching Networks, Circuit Switching Networks, Circuit Switching Concepts, Routing in Circuit Switching Networks , Control Signalling, Packet Switching Principles, Routing, X.25 ATM and Frame Relay: Protocol Architecture, ATM Logical Connections, ATM Cells, Transmission of ATM Cells, ATM Service Categories, Adaptation Layer, Frame Relay Congestion Control in Data Networks: Effcets of Congestion, Congestion Control, Traffic management, Congestion Control in Packet Switching Networks, ATM traffic management, ATM-ABR Traffic Management, Frame Relay Congestion Control LAN Technology and Systems: LAN Appluications, Architechture, Bus LANs, Ring LANs, Star LANs, Wireless LANs, Bridges, Ethernet (CSMA/CD), Token Ring and FDDI, ATM LANs, Fiber Channel, Internetworking: Principles, Connectionless Internetworking, Internetwork Operations and Transport Protcols Total
Total Contact Hrs. 7
7 7
7
7 35
References Books: 1. W. Stalling, Data and Computer Communications, 6e, Pearson Education 2. W. Stalling, Wireless Communications and Network, 2e, Pearson/PHI Education EC 519 DESIGN OF MICS and MMICS UNIT 1
II III
IV V
C(L,T,P) =3 (3,0,0)
Course Contents Review of fundamentals of electronic conduction in compound semiconductors. Study of semiconductors like GaAs, InP. Fundamentals of band gap engineering. New materials and their growth techniques. Dielectric material and their properties, thick film and thin film techniques, loss tangent, effective dielectric constant. Effect of dielectric height, metal thickness, width and freq. on dielectric constant. Two and three terminal devices for MIC and MMIC applications. Study of MESFET and HEMT performance analysis and biasing arrangements. Review of planar transmission lines, their applications as distributed components. Device and circuit integration techniques, multi-layered structures, probing and coupling techniques, bonding techniques. Methods of measurements and testing of MIC and MMIC. Intr. to scalar and network measurements, full nonlinear, harmonic and noise characterization Applications of MIC and MMIC as, passive components, switches, mixers, oscillators, amplifiers. Intro. to Quasi-optical systems. Total
Total Contact Hrs. 7
7 7
7 7 35
Reference Books: 1. Microwave Material and fabrication techniques by Laverghetta, Artech House 2. Microstrip Line and Slot Lines, KC Gupta, R garg, I Bahl, P Bhartia, Artech House 3. The RF and Microwave Circuit design Cookbook, SA Mass, Artech House 4. Computer Aided Analysis of Nonlinear Microwave Circuits, Paulo JC Rodrigues, Artech Hous EC 520 MICROELECTRONIC DEVICES AND CIRCUITS UNIT 1
II III IV V
C(L,T,P) =3 (3,0,0)
Contents of the Subject Brief recapitulation- band theory, FD statistics, recombination effects and bipolar junction devices. MOS devices-MOS capacitance, interface effects and characterization. MOSFET principles and characteristics, subthreshold region. Various MOS structures-VMOS, DMOS etc. Parasitic effects in MOSFET and bipolar circuits. CCDs. High frequency devices-metal semiconductor contacts. MESFETS. Hetero-junction devices-HEMTs, HBTs. Device modeling: Bipolar devices-Gummel –Poon model and RC Distributed model. MOS device modeling-long channel effects short channel structures scaled down device models, subthreshold conduction. Total
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Total Contact Hrs 7
7 7 7 7 35
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
49
Reference Books: 1. S.M.Sze, Physics of semiconductor devices, Wiley Eastern, 1981. 2. D. Nagchoudhuri, Microelectronic Devices, Pearson Education India. 3. Y.P.Tsividis, Operation and modeling of MOS transistor, McGraw-Hill, 1987. 4. M.S. Tyagi, Introduction to Semiconductor material and devices, John 5. Antognetti and Massobrio, Device modeling with SPICE, McGraw-Hill. 6. Clifton G. Fonstad, Microelectronic devices and Circuits, McGraw-Hill 7. Edward S.Yang, Microelectronic devices, McGraw-Hill. 8. Streetman, Solid State Electronic Devices, PHI. EC 522 MICROSTRIP ANTENNAS FOR WIRELESS SYSTEMS UNIT
C(L,T,P) =3 (3,0,0)
Contents of the Subject
1
Total Contact Hrs
Microstrip radiators, printed dipole, slot, traveling wave, aperture coupled microstrip antennas, various microstrip antenna configurations Rectangular, Circular disk, ring, Triangular patch antennas and their design. Feed networks for microstrip antennas and arrays. Analytical models for microstrip antennas. Transmission line model, Cavity Model, Multiport Network Model, Model for Coaxial probe in microstrip antenna. Full wave analysis of microstrip antennas Active and smart microstrip antennas,. Design and analysis of microstrip antenna arrays Total
II III IV V
7 7 7 7 7 35
Reference Books: 1. Microstrip Antenna design Handbook by R. Garg, P. Bharhia, I. Bahl, and A. Ittipiboo Pub. Artech House. 2. Microstrip Antennas: Theory and Design by J. R. James, P.S. Hall and C. wood Pub. Peter Peregrinns , UK 3. Microstrip antennas for wireless application Artech House EC 551 DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN LAB S. No.
List of Experiments PART-I: Design, implement and experiment with digital system, this will include ASIC design, FPGA based design. design of relevant hardware and software for microcontroller ,processor and DSP based embedded system. PART-II: Custom design and simulation of different higher level analog and digital circuits using advance EDA tools like Tanner Spice S-edit and L- edit
1-6
7-12.
EC 552 MODELING AND SIMULATION LAB UNIT 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
PART 1 II III IV
C(L,T,P) =1(0,0,2)
CONTENTS OF THE SUBJECT EXPERIMENTS USING TMS320C6XXX DSP KITS FIR Digital Filter Design IIR Digital Filter Design FFT of a given signal Plot PSD/Power Spectrum of a signal Discrete Cosine Transform Adaptive Filter Design using Standard LMS Algorithm Speech analysis using L.P.C.
EC 553 COMMUNICAITON SYSTEM LAB
C(L,T,P) =1(0,0,2)
Contents of the Subject PCM and LINK ANALYSIS Link establishment, Noise on PCM link, Error detection, BER calculation, Error correction, TDM. DIGITAL MODULATION and KEYING ASK, FSK, PSK, QPSK Modulation and Demodulation. CDMA - DSSS Modulation, Demodulation and BER measurement SIMULATION IN MATLAB ENVIRONMENT BPSK, QPSK, FSK Modulation and Demodulation. BER calculation.
EC 601 EMBEDDED SYSTEM DESIGN UNIT 1
C(L,T,P) =1(0,0,2)
C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)
Course Contents EMBEDDED COMPUTING- Microprocessors, embedded design process, system description
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Total Contact Hrs. 7
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
50
formalisms. Instruction sets- CISC and RISC; CPU fundamentals- programming I/Os, co-processors, supervisor mode, exceptions, memory management units and address translation, pipelining, super scalar execution, caching, CPU power consumption. EMBEDDED COMPUTING PLATFORM- CPU bus, memory devices, I/O devices, interfacing, designing with microprocessors, debugging techniques., Program design and analysis- models of program, assembly and linking, compilation techniques, analysis and optimization of execution time, energy, power and size. PROCESSES and OPERATING SYSTEMS- multiple tasks and multiple processes, context switching, scheduling policies, inter-process communication mechanisms. HARDWARE ACCELERATORS- CPUs and accelerators, accelerator system design., Networksdistributed embedded architectures, networks for embedded systems, network-based design, Internetenabled systems. SYSTEM DESIGN TECHNIQUES- design methodologies, requirements analysis, system analysis and architecture design, quality assurance. Total
II
III IV
V
7
7 7
7 35
Reference Books: 1.
Wolf, W. Computers as components- Principles of embedded computing system design. Academic Press (Indian edition available from Harcourt India Pvt. Ltd., 27M Block market, Greater Kailash II, New Delhi-110 048.)
EC 603RECONFIGURABLE COMPUTING UNIT 1
II
III
IV V
C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)
Course Contents Evolution of programmable devices: Introduction to and-OR structured Programmable Logic Devices PROM, PLA, PAL and MPGAs; Combinational and sequential circuit realization using PROM based Programmable Logic Element (PLE); Architecture of FPAD, FPLA, FPLS and FPID devices. FPGA Technology: FPGA resources - Logic Blocks and Interconnection Resources; Economics and applications of FPGAs; Implementation Process for FPGAs Programming Technologies – Static RAM Programming, Anti Fuse Programming, EPROM and EEPROM Programming Technology; Commercially available FPGAs - Xilinx FPGAs, Altera FPGAs; FPGA Design Flow Example – Initial Design Entry, Translation to XNF Format, Partitioning, Place and Route, Performance Calculation and Design Verification. Technology Mapping for FPGAs: Logic Synthesis - Logic Optimization and Technology Mapping; Lookup Table Technology Mapping - Chortle-crf Technology Mapper, Chortle-d Technology Mapper, Lookup Table Technology Mapping in mis-pga, Lookup Table Technology Mapping in Asyl and Hydra Technology Mapper; Multiplexer Technology Mapping - Multiplexer Technology Mapping in mis-pga. Logic Block Architecture: Logic Block Functionality versus Area-Efficiency - Logic Block Selection, Experimental Procedure, Logic Block Area and Routing Model and Results. Routing for FPGAs: Routing Terminology; Strategy for routing in FPGAs; Routing for Row-Based FPGAs - Segmented channel routing, 1-channel routing algorithm, K – channel routing algorithm and results. Total
Total Contact Hrs. 7
7
7
7 7
35
Reference Books: 1. FPGA Based System Design by Wayne Wolf published by Pearson Education 2. Digital System Design Using Programmable Logic Devices by Parag K Lala published by BS publications 3. Field-Programmable Gate Arrays by Stephen Brown published by Kluwer Academic Publishers EC 605 MICRO-ELECTRONICS UNIT 1
II
III
C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)
Course Contents INTRODUCTION TO VLSI, circuits Asics and Moore's Law. Microelectronic Design, Styles, four phases in creating Microelectronics chips computer Aided Synthesis and Optimization. Algorithms Review of Graph Definitions and Notations Decision and Optimization Problems, Shortest and Longest Path Problems, Vertex Cover, Graph, Coloring, Clique covering and partitioning Algorithms Boolean Algebra and Representation of Boolean Functions, binary Decision diagrams. Satisfiability and cover problems. HARDWARE MODELING: Introduction to Hardware Modeling Language, State Diagrams. Data flow and Sequencing Graphs. Compilation and Behavioral Optimization Techniques. Circuits Specifications for Architectural Synthesis Resources and constraints. Fundamental Architectural Synthesis Problems Temporal Domain Scheduling Spatial Domain Binding Hierarchical Models and Synchronization Problem. Area and performance estimation-Resource Dominated circuits and General Circuits. SCHEDULING ALGORITHMS: Model for Scheduling Problems, Scheduling without Resource, Constraints-Unconstrained Scheduling ASAP Scheduling Algorithms Latency. Constrained Scheduling. ALAP scheduling. Under Timing Constraints and Relative Scheduling with Resource Constraints Integer Linear Programming Model, Multiprocessor Scheduling, Heuristic Scheduling Algorithms (List
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Total Contact Hrs. 7
7
7
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
51
Scheduling). Force Directed Scheduling. TWO LEVEL COMBINATION LOGIC OPTIMIZATION: Logic Optimization PrinciplesDefinitions, Exact Logic Minimization, Heuristic, Logic Minimization, and Testability Properties Operations on Two level logic Cover-positional Cube Notation, Functions with Multivolume inputs and list oriented manipulation. Algorithms for logic minimization. INTRODUCTION TO VHDL: VHDL History and capabilities program Structure of VHDL Entity, Architecture and package Declarations. Basic Language Elements, Identifier, Data objects, Data Types and Operator Behavioral Modelingprocess variable Assignment, Signal Assignment and Wait Statements. Assertion Loop, if, case and next Statement Block and concurrent Assertion statements structural specifications of Hardware-inverter, Nand Gate Models, Comparator and Test Bench Modeling. Total
IV
V
7
7
35
Reference Books: 1. G. D. Micheli. Synthesis and Optimization of Digital Systems. 2. Dutt, N. D. and Gajski, D. D. High level synthesis, Kluwer, 2000. 3. T. H. Cormen, C. E. Leiserson and R. L. Rivest, “Introduction to Algorithms,” McGraw-Hill, 1990. 4. J Bhaskar: VHDL Design, 5. Nawabi: VHDL Design, EC 607 COMBINATORIAL OPTIMIZATION UNIT 1
II
III
IV V
C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)
Course Contents Optmization problem- Convex sets and functions. The SIMPLEX algorithm- forms of linear programming problem, geometry of LP, Organization of Tableau. Computational considerations for simplex algorithm Duality- dual of LP, Dual simplex problem. Primal-dual algorithm. Algorithms and complexity- shortest path, max-flow, Dijkshtra’s algorithm, min-cost flow, algorithm for graph search and matching; Spanning trees and matroids;. Integer Linear programming, Greedy algorithm, approximation algorithms; branch-and-bound; dynamic programming
Total Contact Hrs. 7
7
7
7 7 35
Total Reference Books: Papadimitriou and Steiglitz, Combinatorial optimization, PH India, 2001. Nemhauser and Wolsey, Integer and Combinatorial optimization, Wiley International EC 609 SATELLITE COMMUNICAITON
C(L,T,P) =3 (3,0,0)
Contents of the Subject
1 II III IV
Total Contact Hrs
Introduction:, Orbital mechanics and launching, satellite Channel Earth station and satellite sub systems, Transponder and utilization, Satellite link: design and analysis, multiplexing techniques, Earth station design and relay links, Multiple accesses for satellite links: FDMA, TDMA CDMA and DAMA, propagation effects, DBS-TV, GPS. VSAT: Network architecture access control protocol and link analysis, Lower Earth Orbit satellites Total
V
7 7 7 7 7 35
Reference Books : 1. Satellite communication by Robert M. Gagliardi 2. Satellite communication by prett 3. Satellite communication by D.C. Agrawa EC 611 WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORKS UNIT 1 II
C(L,T,P) =3 (3,0,0)
Contents of the Subject
Total Contact Hrs
WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORKS: Introduction, Smart environments, the physical layer in WSN, WSN medium access control and link layer protocols COMMUNICATION NETWORKS: Network architecture, Network Topology, Communication Protocols and Routing, Power Management, Network Structure and Hierarchical Networks, Historical Development and Standards
Syllabus ECE2012-13
7 7
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
52
III
SMART SENSORS: IEEE 1451 and Smart Sensors, Transducers and Physical Transduction Principles, Sensors for Smart Environments, Commercially Available Wireless Sensor Systems, WSN SERVICES: Self-Organization and Localization, topology control and routing, ISBN 0-13-147023-X, Pearson 2004 8. William Stallings, “Wireless Communications and Networks”, ISBN: 0131918354, Prentice Hall; 2nd edition, November 12, 2004. EC 613 ADVANCED OPTICAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS UNIT 1
II III IV V
C(L,T,P) =3 (3,0,0)
Course Contents Optoelectronic Sources: Introduction, Fundamental Aspects of Semiconductor physics, The p-n junction, Current Densities and Injection Efficiency, Injection Luminescence and the Light Emitting Diode, The Hetero-junction, Optoelectronic Detectors: Introduction, Principle of Optoelctronic Detection, Types of Photodiodes, Photoconducting Detectors, Noise Considerations Optoelectronic Modulators: Introduction, Electro-optic Modulators, Acousto Optic Modulators, Application areas of Optoelectronic Modulators, Optical Amplifiers: Introduction, Semiconductor Optical Amplifiers, Erbium Doped Fiber Amplifiers, Application areas of Optical Amplifiers WDM: Introduction, Concepts of WDM and DWDM, Passive Components and Active Components FIBER OPTIC SENSORS: Introduction, Classification of Fiber Optic Sensors: Intensity modulated, phase modulated and spectrally modulated sensors, Distributed Fiber Optic Sensors, Fiber Optic Smart Structures, Industrial Applications of Fiber Optic Sensors Total
Total Contact Hrs. 7
7 7 7 7
35
Reference Books: 1. Fiber Optics and Optoelectronics by RP Khare, Oxford Univ, Press, 2004 2. Fundamentals of Fiber Optics in Teleecommication and Sensor Systems by Bishnu P. Pal, New Age International, 1992 EC 615 MICRO-ELECTRO-MECHANICAL-SYSTEMS (MEMS) UNIT 1 II III IV V
C(L,T,P) =3 (3,0,0)
Contents of the Subject
Total Contact Hrs
Micro electro mechanical system (MEMS) origins. MEMS impetus/ motivation. Material for MEMS. The toolbox: processes for micro machining. MEMS fabrication technologies. Fundamentals MEMS device physics: Actuation. Fundamental MEMS devices: The cantilever beam. Microwave MEMS applications: MEM switch design considerations. The micro-machined transmission line. MEMS-based microwave circuit and system. Total
7 7 7 7 7 35
Reference Books: 1. Microelectromechanical (MEM) Microwave Systems by Hector J.De Los Santos, Artechhouse 2. An Introduction to Microelectromechanical System by Nadim Maluf, Artechhouse EC 653 VLSI DESIGN LAB S. No. 1-6
7-12.
C(L,T,P) =1(0,0,2)
List of Experiments PART-I: Draw the Layout; do circuit partitioning, placement and routing, circuit compaction, check DRC, Circuit extraction and finally post layout simulation for different combinational and sequential circuits. PART-II: Use the feature of automation test program generation, multilevel logic synthesis for design smaller application chips like multi bit parallel adder priority encoder, general purpose register, ALU, microcontroller/ dsp processor/ traffic light controller /sequential adder etc.
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
53
MA 201
Integral Transforms and Complex Analysis
C(L,T,P) =4(3,1,0)
Unit
Course Contents
1
BOUNDARY VALUE PROBLEMS: – Method of sepeartion of variables in the solution of Boundary VALUE Problems (Wave equation, Diffusion and Laplace equation) LAPLACE TRANSFORM - Laplace transform with its simple properties, applications to the solution of ordinary and partial differential equations having constant co-efficients with special reference to the wave and diffusion equations. FOURIER TRANSFORM - Complex form of Fourier Transform and its inverse, Fourier sine and cosine transform and their inversion. Applications of Fourier Transform to solution of partial differential equations having constant co-efficient with special reference to heat equation and wave equation. COMPLEX VARIABLES - Analytic functions, Cauchy-Riemann equations, Elementary conformal mapping with simple applications, Line integral in complex domain, Cauchy;s theorem. Cauchy’s integral formula COMPLEX VARIABLES -Taylor’s series Laurent’s series poles, Residues, Evaluation of simple definite real integrals using the theorem of residues. Simple contour integration Total
II
III
IV V
Total Contact Hrs. 7 7
7
7 7 35
Reference Books Advanced Mathematics for Engineers by Chandrika Prasad Higher Engineering Mathematics by BS Grewal Higher Engineering Mathematics by YN Gaur Higher Engineering Mathematics by KC Jain MA 202
Numerical Analysis and Statistics
C(L,T,P) =4(3,1,0)
Unit
Course Contents
1
NUMERICAL ANALYSIS - Finite differences – Forward, Backward and Central differences. Newton’s forward and backward differences, interpolation formulae. Stirling’s formula, Lagrange’s interpolation formula. NUMERICAL ANALYSIS- Integration-Trapezoidal rule, Simpson’s one third and three-eighth rules. Numerical solution of ordinary differential equations of first order - Picard’s mathod, Euler’s and modified Euler’s methods, Miline’s method and Runga-Kutta fourth order method.,Differentiation SPECIAL FUNCTIONS – Bessel’s functions of first and second kind, simple recurrence relations, orthogonal property of Bessel’s , Transformation, Generating functions, Legendre’s function of first kind. Simple recurrence relations, Orthogonal property, Generating function. STATISTICS and PROBABILITY - Elementary theory of probability, Baye’s theorem with simple applications, Expected value, theoretical probability distributions-Binomial, Poisson and Normal distributions. Lines of regression, co-relation and rank correlation. CALCULUS OF VARIATIONS - Functional, strong and weak variations simple variation problems, the Euler’s equation. Total
II
III
IV
V
Total Contact Hrs. 7 7
7
7
7 35
Reference Books: Advanced Mathematics for Engineers by Chandrika Prasad Higher Engineering Mathematics by YN Gaur Higher Engineering Mathematics by KC Jain MA 301
COMPUTER ORIENTED MATHEMATICAL METHODS
C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)
Unit
Course Contents
1
MATRIX COMPUTATION: Algebra of matrix, Inverse of a matrix, Rank of a matrix, Matrix inversion by Gauss elimination, Computer programs for matrix inversion. SOLUTION OF LINEAR EQUATIONS: Cramer’s rule, Gauss elimination, Gauss Jordan elimination and Gauss Seidal iterative method and their implementation in C. SOLUTION OF NON-LINEAR EQUATIONS: Interval bisection method, Secant method, Regula- Falsi method, Curve fitting, Method of least squares and their implementation in C. SOLUTION OF DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS: Euler’s method, Modified Euler’s method, Runge Kutta method of fourth order, Solution of partial differential equation with special reference to heat equation, Laplace equation and wave equation Milne’s and their implementation in C. STATISTICAL METHODS: Curve fitting methods – method of least squares, fitting a straight line, parabola. Correlation and Linear regression. Total
II III IV
V
Total Contact Hrs. 7 7 7 7
7 35
Reference Books: V.Rajaraman-Computer Oriented Numerical Methods, Prentice Hall of India. B.S. Grewal-Higher Engineering Mathematics Syllabus ECE2012-13
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
54
J.L. Bansal-Numerical Analysis Balasubramanyam-Numerical Methods. E.V. Krishnamurthy-Numerical Methods. Gaur and Kaul-Higher Engineering Mathematics.
CP 201: DATA STRUCTURES and ALGORITHMS Unit
C(L,T,P) = 3(3,0,0)
Contents of the Course
Total Contact Hrs.
Data Structure: Definition, Implementation, Operation, Application, Algorithm writing and convention. Analysis of algorithm, Complexity Measures and Notations Arrays: Representation of arrays (multidimensional), Address calculation using column and row major ordering. Linked Lists : Implementation, Doubly linked list, Circular linked list, unrolled linked list, skip-lists, Splices, Sentinel nodes, Application (Sparse Matrix, Associative Array, Functional Programming) Stacks : Definition, Implementation, Application (Tower of Hanoi, Function Call and return, Parentheses Matching, Back-tracking, Expression Evaluation) Queues : Definition, deque, enque, priority queue, bounded queue, Implementation, Application Tree: Definition of elements, Binary trees: Types (Full, Complete, Almost complete), Binary Search Tree, Traversal (Pre, In, Post and Level order) Pruning, Grafting. Application: Arithmetic Expressions Evaluation Variations: Indexed Binary Tree Threaded Binary Tree, AVL tree, Multi-way trees, B tree, B+ tree, Forest, Trie and Dictionary
I
II
III
Graphs: Elementary definition, Representation (Adjacency Matrix, Adjacency Lists) Traversal (BFS, DFS)Application: Spanning Tree (Prim and Kruskal Algorithm) Dijkstra's algorithm, shortest path algorithms. Sorting: Bubble, Selection, Insertion, Quick, Radix Merge, Bucket, Heap, Searching: Hashing, Symbol Table, Binary Search, Simple String Searching Total
IV V
8
7
7
6 6 31
Reference Books: Aho A.V., J.E.Hopcroft. J.D.Ulman: Data Structures and Algorithms, Addison Wesley. Brastrad: Algorithms, PHI. Horowitz and Sawhni: Algorithms Design and Analysis, CS Press. Kruse R.L.: Data structure and Program Design.PHI. Horwitz and Sawhni: Data structures in PASCAL, BPB. Tanenbaum : Data structures in C,PHI Trembley and Sorenson :An Introduction to Data Structures, Mc-Graw Hill International Baase: Computer Algorithms, Pearson Education. CP 216
OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING
C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)
Unit
Course Contents
1
OOP FUNDAMENTALS:- Fundamentals of Object-Oriented Programming. Java History, Java Features, How Java Differs from C and C++, Simple Java Program, Java Program Structure, Java Virtual Machine, Command Line Arguments. OPERATORS and CONTROL STATEMENTS:- Java Tokens- Constants, Variables and Data Types, Operators and Expressions. Java Statements-Decision Making and Branching and Looping. Jump statements, Labeled Jump. CLASSES and OBJECTS, PACKAGE:- Classes, Objects and Methods. Constructor, Methods Overloading, Inheritance, Abstract Methods and Classes. Keywords-Super and Final. Dynamic Dispatch. Packages-Creating our own package. Methods for Taking I/P s. INTERFACE and MULTITHREADED PROGRAMMING:- Interfaces: Multiple Inheritances. Creating Threads, Extending the Thread Class, Stopping and Blocking a Thread, Life Cycle of a Thread- Using Thread Methods, Thread Exceptions. EXCEPTION HandLING and APPLETS: - Compile Time and Run Time Errors, Exceptions, try-catch blocks, multiple catch statements, Throwing our own Exception, Applet Programming-Applet Life Cycle. Total
II
III
IV
V
Total Contact Hrs. 7
7
7
7
7 35
Reference Books: Folk-File Structre: An Object Oriented Approach to C++, Pearson Education. Patric Naughton: Java 2, Tat Mc-Graw Hill. C Gottfried: Programming in C, Schaum Series, Tata Mc-Grtaw Hill. Balaguruswamy: Object Oriented Programming in C++, Tata Mc-Graw Hill. Booch G: Object Oriented Analysis and Design, Benamin-Commings. Rumbaugh J.Et. al.: Object Oriented Modelling and Design, Prentice Hall of India. Deitel: Java: Haw to Programme, Pearson Education. Kelley: A Book on C, Pearson Education. Syllabus ECE2012-13
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
55
CP 251 Data Structure and Algorithm Lab
C(L,T,P) =1(0,0,2)
1. Program on array searching, sorting (Bubble sort, Quick sort, Marge sort etc.) 2. Program to insert element at desire position, replacing element, deletion in array. 3. Various matrices operations. 4. Various strings programs. 5. Implementation of stack and queue using array 6. Implementation of stack and queue using link lists 7. Implementation of circular queue using link lists. 8. Polynomial addition, multiplication. 9. Two-way link lists programs. 10. Infix to postfix/prefix conversion. 11. BST implementation (addition, deletion, searching). 12. Graph traversal (BFS, DFS). CP 260 S. No.
ADVANCED COMPUTER PROGRAMMING LAB
C(L,T,P) =1(0,0,2)
List of Experiments PART I: Programs in C++ Write a program to perform the complex arithmetic. Write a program to perform the rational number arithmetic. Write a program to perform the matrix operations. (Transpose, addition, subtraction, multiplication, test if a matrix is symmetric/ lower triangular/ upper triangular) Implement Morse code to text conversion and vice-versa. To calculate Greatest Common Divisor of given numbers. To implement tower of Hanoi problem. PARET II: Program in Java To implement spell checker using dictionary. To implement a color selector from a given set of colors. To implement a shape selector from a given set of shapes. By mapping keys to pens of different colors, implement turtle graphics. To implement a calculator with its functionality. To implement a graph and display BFS/DFS order of nodes.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12.
CP 302
COMPUTER SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE
C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)
Unit
Course Contents
1
REGISTER TRANSFER LANGUAGE: Data movement amount registers, Data movement from/to memory, arithmetic and logic micro operations. Concept of bus and timings in register transfer. CPU ORGANISATION: Addressing Modes, Instruction Format, CPU organization with large registers, stacks and handling of interrupts and subroutines Instruction pipelining. ARITHMATIC ALGORITHM: Array multiplier, Booth's algorithm, Adition/Subtraction for sign Magnitude and 2's complement numbers. MICROPROGRAMMED CONTROL Unit: Basic Organization of micro-programmed controller, Horizontal and Vertical formats, Address sequencer. MEMORY ORGANISATION: Concept of RAM/ROM, basic cell of RAM, Associative memory, Cache memory organization, Vertical memory organization. I/O ORGANISATION: Introduction to Peripherals and their interfacing Strobe based and handshakebased communication, DMA based data transfer, I/O processor. Total
II
III IV V
Total Contact Hrs. 7 7
7 7 7 35
Reference Books: Heuring-Computer System Design and Architecture, Pearson Education. M. Morrismanno- 'Computer Architecture and Organization', Mc-Graw Hill. J.P. Hayes- 'Computer Organization and Architecture. Pearson Education'. Staling-Computer Organization and Architecture, Pearson Education. Batee-Computer Architecture, Tata Mc-Graw Hill. CP 315
ADVANCED DATA STRUCTURES
C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)
Unit
Course Contents
1
ADVANCED TREES - Definitions and operations on weight balanced trees (Huffman trees), 2-3 trees and RedBlack trees. Augmenting Red-Black trees to dynamic order statistics and interval tree applications. Operations on disjoint sets and its Union-Find problem. Implementing sets, discitionerics, priority queues and concatenable queues Syllabus ECE2012-13
Total Contact Hrs. 7
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
56
using 2-3 trees. MERGEABLE HEAPS - Mergeable Heap operations, binomial trees, implementing binomial heaps and its operations. 2-3-4- trees and 2-3-4 heaps. Structure and potential function of Fibonacci heap. Implementing Fibonacci Heap. GRAPH THEORY DEFINITIONS - Definitions of Isomorphism, Components, Circuits, Fundamental Circuits, Cut-sets, Cut-Vertices, Planer and dual graphs, Spanning trees, Kuratovski’s two graphs. GRAPH THEORETIC ALGORETHMS - Algorithms for connectedness, finding all spanning trees in a weighted graph and planarity testing. Breadth first and depth first search, topological sort, strongly connected components and, articulation point. APPLICATION OF GRAPHS- Single source shortest path and all pair shortest path algorithms. Min-Cut MaxFlow theorem of network flows, Ford-Fulkerson Max Flow algorithms. Total
II
III IV
V
7
7 7
7 35
Reference Books: Narsingh Deo- Graph Theory with Applications to Engineering and Computer Sicience, Prentice Hall of India. Cormen- Introduction to Algorithms, Prentice Hall of India. Aho A.V., Hopcrpft J.E. and Ullman J.D.-The Design and Analysis of Computer Algorithms, Addition-Wesley. Horwitz and Sawhni-fundamentals of Data Structures, Galgotia Book source. Wilson-Introduction to Graph Theory, Pearson Education. INFORMATION PROTECTION and SECURITY CP 318
INFORMATION PROTECTION and SECURITY
C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)
CONTENTS OF THE SUBJECT
No. of Hours Required 7
UNIT Introduction to security attacks, services and mechanism, introduction to cryptography. Conventional Encryption:Conventional encryption model, classical encryption techniques- substitution ciphers and transposition ciphers, cryptanalysis, stereography, stream and block ciphers. Modern Block Ciphers: Block ciphers principals, Shannon’stheory of confusion and diffusion, fiestal structure, data encryption standard(DES), strength of DES, differential and linear crypt analysis of DES, block cipher modes of operations, triple DES, IDEA encryption and decryption, strength of IDEA, confidentiality using conventional encryption, traffic confidentiality, key distribution, random number generation.
1
II
III
IV
V
Introduction to graph, ring and field, prime and relative prime numbers, modular arithmetic, Fermat’s and Euler’stheorem, primality testing, Euclid’s Algorithm, Chinese Remainder theorem, discrete logarithms. Principals of publickey crypto systems, RSA algorithm, security of RSA, key management, Diffle-Hellman key exchange algorithm,introductory idea of Elliptic curve cryptography, Elganel encryption.
7
Message Authentication and Hash Function: Authentication requirements, authentication functions, message authentication code, hash functions, birthday attacks, security of hash functions and MACS, MD5 message digest algorithm, Secure hash algorithm(SHA). Digital Signatures: Digital Signatures, authentication protocols, digital signature standards (DSS), proof of digital signature algorithm.
7
Authentication Applications: Kerberos and X.509, directory authentication service, electronic mail securitypretty good privacy (PGP), S/MIME IP Security: Architecture, Authentication header, Encapsulating security payloads, combining security associations, key management. Web Security: Secure socket layer and transport layer security, Secure ElectronicTransaction (SET). System Security: Intruders, Viruses and related threads, firewall design principals, trusted systems.
7 7
35
Total
Recommended Books: 1. Daswarte.Y, Jajodia.S –Security and protection in Information Processing Systems, Springer 2. William Stalling – Cryptography and Network Security, Willey CP 322
PARALLEL COMPUTATION and ARCHITECTURE
C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)
Unit
Course Contents
1 II
INTRODUCTION - Synchronous and asynchronous paradigms of parallel computing. HARDWARE TAXONOMY – Flynn’s classification, Handler’s classification, Software taxonomy, Kung’s taxonomy, SPMD. ABSTRACT PARALLEL COMPUTATIONAL MODELS – Combinational circuits, Sorting networks, PRAM models, interconnection RAMs. PARALLEL PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES: Performances Matrices – Laws governing performance measurements, metrics-speed up, efficiency utilization, communication, overheads, single/multiple programme performances, benchmarks.
III IV
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Total Contact Hrs. 7 7 7 7
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
57
PROCESSOR ARRAYS: Basic Algorithms – Fast Fourier Transform Linear System Solution, Sorting etc. Total
V
7 35
Reference Books: Quinn- M.Parallel Computing Theory and Practice, Mc_graw Hill. Hwang K. Briggs, F.A.-Computer Architecture and Parallel Processing, Mc-Graw Hill. Kumar, V., Grama, A.Gupta A. and Karypis, G-An Introduction to Parallel Computing, Addison Wesley. Hwang, K.-Advanced Computer Arcitecture-Parallelism, Scalability and Programmability, Mc_Graw Hill. CP 419
ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE AND EXPERT SYSTEMS
C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)
Unit
Course Contents
1
INTRODUCTION TO AI KNOWLEDGE- Importance of AI, Knowledge Base System Knowledge organization and manipulation, Conceptual Introduction to LISP and other AI programming Languages. KNOWLEDGE REPRESENTATION- Syntax Semantics, Inference Rules, Non-deductive Inference methods, and representations using rules, forward chaining and backward chaining. Fuzzy Logic and Natural languages computations. Probabilistic Reasoning. Object Oriented Representations. KNOWLEDGE ORGANIZATION and MANIPULATION- Search and control strategies, matching techniques, knowledge organization and management, Genetic Algorithms based search techniques. KNOWLEDGE SYSTEMS ARCHITECTURE- Rule based, non-production, uncertainty knowledge system building tools. KNOWLEDGE ACQUISITION- General Concepts, learning by induction. Total
II
III IV V
Total Contact Hrs. 7 7
7 7 7 35
Reference Books: • Char nick “Introduction to Artificial Intelligence”, Addision Wesley. • Rich & Knight, “Artificial Intelligence”. • Winston, “LISP”, Addison Wesley. • Marcellous, “Expert Systems Programming”, PHI. • Elamie, “Artificial Intelligence”, Academic Press. CP 430 Unit
I
II
III
IV
V
COMPUTER NETWORKS
C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)
Contents of the Course
Total Contact Hrs.
Network, Network Protocols, Edge, Access Networks and Physical Media Protocol Layers and their services models, Internet Backbones, NAP's and ISPs Application Layer: Protocol and Service provided by application layer, transport protocols. The World Wide Web. HTTP, Message formats, User Server Interaction and Web caches. FTP commands and replies. Electronic Mail, SMTP, Mail Message Formats and MIME and Mail Access Protocols DNS The internet's directory service DNS records and Message. Transport Layer: Transport Layer Service and Principles, Multiplexing and Demultiplexing applications, Connectionless Transport. UDP Segment structure and UDP Checksum. Principles of Reliable Data Transfer-Go back to N and Selective Repeat. Connection Oriented Transport TCP Connection and Segment Structure, Sequence Numbers and acknowledgement numbers, Telnet, Round trip time and timeout. TCP connection management Network Layer and Routing: Network service model, Routing principles. Link State routing Algorithm, A distant Vector routing and OSPF algorithm. Router Components; Input Prot, Switching fabric and output port. IPV6 Packet format. Point To Point Protocol (PPP), transition States, PPP Layers-Physical Layer and Data Link Layer, Link Control Protocols. LCP Packets and options. Authentication PAP and CHAP, Network Control Protocol (NCP). Sonet/SDH: Synchronous Transport Signals. Physical configuration-SONET Devices, Sections, Lines and Paths. SONET Layers-Photonic Layer, section layer, line layer, path layer and device layer relationship. Sonet Frame format. Section overhead, Line overhead and path overhead. Virtual Tributaries and types of VTs. Total
6
7
7
7
8 35
Reference Books: J.F.Kurose and K.W.Ross-Computer Networking, Pearson Education Asia. B.A.Forouzan-Data Communications and Networking, Tata Mc-Graw Hill. Garcia and Widjaja-Communication Networks, Tata Mc-Graw Hill. CP 457 CN LAB C(L,T,P) =1(0,0,2) List of Experiments S. No. 1 The lab is to be conducted in Perl programming language, Perl works on all platforms (including windows) Write few basic programs of Perl. 2 Syllabus ECE2012-13
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
58
a. A Hello World Program b. Write a program to add to 10 numbers. c. Write a program of reading input from the keyboard and displaying them on monitor. d. Write a program to take two strings as input and compare them To understand advance constructs of Perl e. Write a program to create a list of your course (all theory courses in current semester) using array and print them. f. Write a program to accept ten number, store it into a hash table (Perl have itself) and when asked by user tell him that number exists or not. (do not store duplicate numbers) g. Write a program to compute the number of lines in a file.
3
4
Find the IP address of a host or turn an IP address into a name. Connect to an FTP server and get or put files. Automate the one-time transfer of many files to download the file everyday, which have changed since yesterday. (use Net: FTP) Write a program to send mail. The programs should monitor system resources like disk space and notify admin by mail when disk space becomes dangerously low. (use Net: mail) Fetch mail from a POP3 server (use Net: pop 3) Find out who owns a domain (use Net: whois, Whois is a service provided by domain name registration authorities to identify owners of domain names) Test whether a machine is alive. machine can be specified using IP address or domain name of machine. You have a URL that fetch its content from a Perl script, convert it to ASCII text (by stripping html tags) and display it. Writing a TCP Client, Writing a TCP Server and communicate some data over TCP
5 6 7 8 9 10 11
1. 2. 4. BM 248
INDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS and MANAGEMENT
C(L,T,P) =1(0,0,2)
Unit
Course Contents
1
Organizational forms, Profit maximization and other objectives of industrial firms, Theory of profitability, Economies of scale. Financing of Industries- Need and sources of finance, Role of special financial institutions, Investment criteria-NPV, IRR. Approaches to industrial location analysis, Productivity analysis, Input-Output analysis, Concentration of economic power. New Industrial Policy – Critical analysis, Role of technology and entrepreneurship in industrial development. Management – Principles of management, functions-planning, Organization staffing, Directing, Controlling, Coordination, Decision making. Production Management – Total quality management, JIT, Quality circle, Quality-ISO9000, ISO14000, KANBAN, Bench marking, Effective communication. Labour Legislations. Total
II
III IV V
Total Contact Hrs. 7
7
7 7 7 35
Reference Books: 1. 2. 3.
Prassana Chandra-Financial Management, TMH. Zaidi-Statistical Process, TMH. Buffa-Operation Management, WE. HS201 COMMUNICATION SKILLS
C(L,T,P)=3(3,0,0)
Unit
Course Contents
1
Foundation and background of organizational behaviour, contemporary challenges-workforce diversity, cross – cultural dynamics, changing nature of managerial work, ethical issues at work, emotional intelligence in contemporary business. Perception, Personality, Learning, Motivation – Concepts and applications, individual decision making. Understanding and managing group processes-interpersonal & group dynamics, Group cohesiveness, Group decision making Emotional Intelligence-concept and applications, Understanding work teams, power & politics, Empowerment, Conflict & Negotiation. Purpose and process of communication; myths and realities of communication; paths of communication; oral communication; noise, barriers to communication; listening process, types of listening, deterrents to listening process, essentials of good listening; telephonic communication. Non verbal communication; gestures, handshakes, gazes, smiles, hand movements, styles of working, voice modulations, body sport for interviews; business etiquettes; business dining, business manners of people of different cultures, managing customer care. Written communication; mechanics of writing, report writing, circulars, notices, memos, agenda and minutes;
2
3
4
5
Syllabus ECE2012-13
Total Contact Hrs. 7
8
6
7
7
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
59
business correspondence-business letter format, style of letter arrangement, types of letters, telex managers, facsimiles, electronic mail; diary writing; development resume. Total Reference Books: 1. Enrich your English – by CIEFL (Academic Skills book) 2. Contemporary English Grammar – Raymond Murphy 3. Organizational Behavior, - Fred Luthans9thEdition, McGraw-Hill Irwin, 2002. 4. Organizational Behavior, Tenth Edition, TMG, 1998.John W. Newstorm and Keith Davis 5. . Business Communication Today – By Bovee, Thill, Schazman 6. G. Business Communication – by Pal and Korlahalli HS202 COGNATIVE SKILLS
35
C(L,T,P)=3(3,0,0)
Units 1
Contents of the Subject Introduction to Mindfulness, Mindfulness Exercise, DBT Life Skills – Distress Tolerance
Hours 8
2
Mindfulness Exercise, DBT Life Skills – Emotion Regulation
8
3
Mindfulness Exercise, DBT Life Skills – Interpersonal Effectiveness
7
4
Mindfulness Exercise, Anxiety Disorders, Depression, and Personality Disorders, Acceptance: Living in the Hereand-Now as a Way of Life
7
5
Mindfulness Exercise, Introduction to Dialectical Behavior Therapy (DBT),
7
Total
37
Reference Books: 1. Shivani D.R. (1998): NGO Development Initiative & Policy – Vikas Publications
HS301 VERBAL & NON-VERBAL REASONING
C(L,T,P)=3(3,0,0)
Units
Course Contents
1 2 3 4 5
Logical Sequence of Words, Blood Relation Test, Syllogism Series Completion, Cause and Effect, Dice Venn Diagrams, Cube and Cuboids Analogy Seating Arrangement, Character Puzzles, Direction Sense Test Classification, Data Sufficiency, Arithmetic Reasoning, Verification of Truth Total
Total Contact Hrs. 7 7 7 7 7 35
Reference Books:
‘Reasoning’ by R.S. Aggarwal HS302 TECHNICAL WRITING
C(L,T,P) = 3(3,0,0)
Units
Course Contents
1 2
Writing Process- Intro of various types of writings, Gathering, Writing, Reviewing, Editing, Indexing, Testing Review Writing- Internal, Friendly and Anonymous reviews, Quantity review, Quality review, Precis Wring, Paragraph Writing, Report Writing- Science and research reports, business Reports, Business Report, Business overview Letter Writing- Letter of Inquiry, Letter of adjustment, Claim Letter and follow of Letter, Letter of acceptance, Letter of refusal Job search correspondence- cover letter, CV and resume Writing Mails- User Guides, Reference Guide, Online helps, Website, Technical Proposal Writing.
3 4 5
Total Contact Hrs. 7 7
7
Total
HS 401 TECHNICAL APTITUDE Units
Course Contents
Syllabus ECE2012-13
7 7 35
C(LTP)=3(3,0,0) Total Contact Hrs. Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
60
1 2 3 4 5
PPL (Principal of Programming Language, C, C++, Java, Asp.net, DSA DBMS, RDBMS Networking & Related topics Software Engineering and Related topics Operating System (Windows, Linux, MS office) Total
7 7 8 7 7 36
Reference Books: MCQs in Computer Science by Timothy Williams, TMH
HS 501 SOFT SKILLS TRAININIG I Unit I
II III IV V
C (L, T, P) = 3 (3,0,0)
Course Contents Spoken English – PICTURE (p=pronunciation, I=inflection, C=Clarity & courtesy, T=Tone, U=Understanding and feedback, R=Rate of speech and Repeatition, E=Emphasis), Body Language Training, Active Listening Introduction to business terms, Economic Times Reading, Communication skills Johari Window Training, Firo-B Training, Relationship Management Role Plays, Conflict Management I’m OK U’r OK Training, Time Management Training Total
HS 502 SOFT SKILLS TRAININIG I I Unit I
Hours 8
8 10 7 6 39
C (L, T, P) = 3 (3,0,0)
Course Contents Making impact making business presentations
Hours 6
II
Team Management and Collaborative Work Culture
8
III
Training in Anchoring and Public Speaking
6
IV
Emotional Intelligence Training
7
V
Business Games, Business Etiquettes
10 Total
HS601 SOFT SKILLS TRAININIG III Unit I
37
C (L, T, P) = 3 (3,0,0) Course Contents
Hours 6
Group Discussion Training
II
Interview Training
8
III
Public Relations Management, Press Relations Management
10
IV
Conference and Seminar Management, Event management
7
V
Persuasion and Negotiation Skills
6 Total
Syllabus ECE2012-13
37
Department of E&C, GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur
61